Origen Against Celsus 5
5.1 Chapter I
It is not, my reverend Ambrosius, because we seek after many words—a thing which is forbidden, and in the indulgence of which it is impossible to avoid sin—that we now begin the fifth book of our reply to the treatise of Celsus, but with the endeavour, so far as may be within our power, to leave none of his statements without examination, and especially those in which it might appear to some that he had skilfully assailed us and the Jews. If it were possible, indeed, for me to enter along with my words into the conscience of every one without exception who peruses this work, and to extract each dart which wounds him who is not completely protected with the “whole armour” of God, and apply a rational medicine to cure the wound inflicted by Celsus, which prevents those who listen to his words from remaining “sound in the faith,” I would do so. But since it is the work of God alone, in conformity with His own Spirit, and along with that of Christ, to take up His abode invisibly in those persons whom He judges worthy of being visited; so, on the other hand, is our object to try, by means of arguments and treatises, to confirm men in their faith, and to earn the name of “workmen needing not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” And there is one thing above all which it appears to us we ought to do, if we would discharge faithfully the task enjoined upon us by you, and that is to overturn to the best of our ability the confident assertions of Celsus. Let us then quote such assertions of his as follow those which we have already refuted (the reader must decide whether we have done so successfully or not), and let us reply to them. And may God grant that we approach not our subject with our understanding and reason empty and devoid of divine inspiration, that the faith of those whom we wish to aid may not depend upon human wisdom, but that, receiving the “mind” of Christ from His Father, who alone can bestow it, and being strengthened by participating in the word of God, we may pull down “every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God,” and the imagination of Celsus, who exalts himself against us, and against Jesus, and also against Moses and the prophets, in order that He who “gave the word to those who published it with great power” may supply us also, and bestow upon us “great power,” so that faith in the word and power of God may be implanted in the minds of all who will peruse our work.
Οὐ τὴν ἀπηγορευμένην πολυλογίαν μεταδιώκοντες, ἀφ᾿ ἧς οὐκ ἔστι φυγεῖν τὴν „ἁμαρτίαν“, ἤδη πέμπτου ἀρχόμεθα βιβλίου πρὸς τὸ Κέλσου σύγγραμμα, ἱερὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, ἀλλ᾿ ὅση δύναμις πειρώμενοι μηδὲν τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντων παρελθεῖν ἀβασάνιστον, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν οἷς δόξαι ἄν τισι συνετῶς ἡμῶν ἢ Ἰουδαίων κατηγορηκέναι. καὶ εἰ μὲν οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν μετὰ τοῦ λόγου εἰσελθόντας εἰς τὴν παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν συνείδησιν τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων τῷ ἐκείνου συγγράμματι ἕκαστον ἐξελκύσαι βέλος, τιτρῶσκον τὸν οὐ πάντῃ πεφραγμένον τῇ πανοπλίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐπιθεῖναι λογικὸν φάρμακον, θεραπεῦον τὸ ἀπὸ Κέλσου τραῦμα, ποιοῦν μὴ ὑγιαίνειν „τῇ πίστει“ τοὺς προσέχοντας αὐτοῦ τοῖς λόγοις, τοῦτ᾿ ἂν πεποιήκειμεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο μὲν θεοῦ ἔργον ἐστὶν, ἀοράτως ἐπιδημεῖν κατὰ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πνεῦμα μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος Χριστοῦ οἷς κρίνει δεῖν ἐπιδημεῖν, ἡμῖν δὲ, διὰ λόγων καὶ συγγραμμάτων πειρωμένοις ἀνθρώπους πιστοποιεῖν, πρόκειται πάντα πράττειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ χρηματίσαι ἐργάτας ἀνεπαισχύντους, ὀρθοτομοῦντας „τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας“, ἓν δὲ τῶν πάντων εἶναι ἡμῖν φαίνεται καὶ τὰ πιθανὰ τοῦ Κέλσου κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν λῦσαι, πιστῶς ποιοῦσι τὸ προστεταγμένον ὑπὸ σοῦ· φέρ᾿ ἐκθέμενοι τὰ ἑξῆς τοῖς Κέλσου λόγοις, πρὸς οὓς φθάσαντες ἀπηντήσαμεν (κρινεῖ δὲ ὁ ἐντυγχάνων, εἰ καὶ ἀνετρέψαμεν), τὰ πρὸς αὐτὰ ἐπαγάγωμεν. θεὸς δὲ δῳη μὴ ψιλῷ καὶ γυμνῷ θειότητος τῷ ἡμετέρῳ νῷ καὶ λόγῳ (πρὸς) τὸ προκείμενον γενέσθαι· „ἵν᾿ ἡ πίστις“ τῶν, οὓς εὐχόμεθα ὠφεληθῆναι. „μὴ ᾖ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων,“ „νοῦν“ δὲ „Χριστοῦ“ λαβόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ μόνου διδόντος αὐτὸν πατρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τὴν μετοχὴν τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθηθέντες „πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ“ καθέλοιμεν καὶ τὸ οἴημα Κέλσου, καθ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπαιρομένου ἔτι δὲ κατὰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν· ἵνα τοῦ διδόντος „ῥῆμα τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ“ καὶ ἡμῖν τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιχορηγοῦντος καὶ τὴν πολλὴν δύναμιν δωρουμένου, ἐγγένηται πίστις τοῖς ἐντευξομένοις ἐν λόγῳ καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ θεοῦ.
5.2 Chapter II
We have now, then, to refute that statement of his which runs as follows: “O Jews and Christians, no God or son of a God either came or will come down (to earth). But if you mean that certain angels did so, then what do you call them? Are they gods, or some other race of beings? Some other race of beings (doubtless), and in all probability demons.” Now as Celsus here is guilty of repeating himself (for in the preceding pages such assertions have been frequently advanced by him), it is unnecessary to discuss the matter at greater length, seeing what we have already said upon this point may suffice. We shall mention, however, a few considerations out of a greater number, such as we deem in harmony with our former arguments, but which have not altogether the same bearing as they, and by which we shall show that in asserting generally that no God, or son of God, ever descended (among men), he overturns not only the opinions entertained by the majority of mankind regarding the manifestation of Deity, but also what was formerly admitted by himself. For if the general statement, that “no God or son of God has come down or will come down,” be truly maintained by Celsus, it is manifest that we have here overthrown the belief in the existence of gods upon the earth who had descended from heaven either to predict the future to mankind or to heal them by means of divine responses; and neither the Pythian Apollo, nor Æsculapius, nor any other among those supposed to have done so, would be a god descended from heaven. He might, indeed, either be a god who had obtained as his lot (the obligation) to dwell on earth for ever, and be thus a fugitive, as it were, from the abode of the gods, or he might be one who had no power to share in the society of the gods in heaven; or else Apollo, and Æsculapius, and those others who are believed to perform acts on earth, would not be gods, but only certain demons, much inferior to those wise men among mankind, who on account of their virtue ascend to the vault of heaven.
Πρόκειται οὖν νῦν τὴν οὕτως ἔχουσαν αὐτοῦ ἀνατρέψαι λέξιν· θεὸς μὲν. ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ Χριστιανοὶ, καὶ θεοῦ παῖς οὐδεὶς οὔτε κατῆλθεν οὔτε κατέλθοι. εἰ δέ τινας ἀγγέλους φατὲ, τίνας τούτους λέγετε, θεοὺς ἢ ἄλλο τι γένος; ἄλλο τι ὡς εἰκὸς, τοὺς δαίμονας. πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ παλιλλογοῦντι τῷ Κέλσῳ (ἀνωτέρω γὰρ ἤδη πολλάκις ταῦτ᾿ αὐτῷ λέλεκται) οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἐπὶ πλεῖον διαλεχθῆναι· ἀρκέσει γὰρ τὰ εἰς τοῦθ᾿ ἡμῖν λελεγμένα. ὀλίγα δ᾿ ἀπὸ πλειόνων, ἃ δοκοῦμεν εἶναι συνᾴδοντα μὲν τοῖς προειρημένοις οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ πάντῃ ἐκείνοις ἔχοντα νοῦν, ἐκθησόμεθα· ἐν οἷς παραστήσομεν ὅτι καθολικῶς ἀποφηνάμενος θεὸν οὐδένα πρὸς ἀνθρώπους κατεληλυθέναι ἢ θεοῦ παῖδα ἀναιρεῖ καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν περὶ θεοῦ ἐπιφανείας δοξαζόμενα καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω προειρημένα. εἰ γὰρ καθόλου λελεγμένον τὸ θεὸς καὶ θεοῦ παῖς οὐδεὶς κατῆλθεν οὐδὲ κατέλθοι ἀληθῶς τῷ Κέλσῳ εἴρηται, δηλονότι ἀνῄρηται τὸ εἶναι θεοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς, κατελθόντας ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. ἵνα ἤτοι μαντεύσωνται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἢ διὰ χρησμῶν θεραπεύσωσι, καὶ οὔτε ὁ Πύθιος οὔτ᾿ Ἀσκληπιὸς οὔτ᾿ ἄλλος τις τῶν νενομισμένων τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν θεὸς ἂν εἴη καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἢ θεὸς μὲν εἴη ἂν ἀεὶ δὲ λαχὼν οἰκεῖν τὴν γῆν καὶ ὡσπερεὶ φυγὰς τοῦ τόπου τῶν θεῶν, ἤ τις τῶν μὴ ἐξουσίαν ἐχόντων κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ἐκεῖ θείοις εἴη ἂν. ἢ οὐ θεοὶ εἶεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων καὶ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς καὶ ὅσοι ἐπὶ γῆς τι ποιεῖν πεπιστευμένοι εἰσὶν ἀλλά τινες δαίμονες, τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις σοφῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἁψῖδα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀναβαινόντων πολλῷ χείρους.
5.3 Chapter III
But observe how, in his desire to subvert our opinions, he who never acknowledged himself throughout his whole treatise to be an Epicurean, is convicted of being a deserter to that sect. And now is the time for you, (reader), who peruse the works of Celsus, and give your assent to what has been advanced, either to overturn the belief in a God who visits the human race, and exercises a providence over each individual man, or to grant this, and prove the falsity of the assertions of Celsus. If you, then, wholly annihilate providence, you will falsify those assertions of his in which he grants the existence of “God and a providence,” in order that you may maintain the truth of your own position; but if, on the other hand, you still admit the existence of providence, because you do not assent to the dictum of Celsus, that “neither has a God nor the son of a God come down nor is to come down to mankind,” why not rather carefully ascertain from the statements made regarding Jesus, and the prophecies uttered concerning Him, who it is that we are to consider as having come down to the human race as God, and the Son of God?—whether that Jesus who said and ministered so much, or those who under pretence of oracles and divinations, do not reform the morals of their worshippers, but who have besides apostatized from the pure and holy worship and honour due to the Maker of all things, and who tear away the souls of those who give heed to them from the one only visible and true God, under a pretence of paying honour to a multitude of deities?
Ὅρα δὴ ὅτι βουλόμενος τὰ ἡμέτερα ἀνελεῖν ὁ μὴ ὁμολογήσας δι᾿ ὅλου τοῦ συγγράμματος Ἐπικούρειος εἶναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐπίκουρον αὐτομολῶν ἐλέγχεται. ὥρα δή σοι τῷ ἐντυγχάνοντι τοῖς Κέλσου λόγοις καὶ συγκατατιθεμένῳ τοῖς προκειμένοις ἤτοι ἀναιρεῖν τὸ θεὸν ἐπιδημεῖν, προνοούμενον ἀνθρώπων τῶν καθ᾿ ἕνα, ἢ τιθέντι τὸ τοιοῦτον ψευδοποιεῖν τὸν Κέλσου λόγον. εἰ μὲν οὖν πάντῃ πρόνοιαν ἀναιρεῖς, ψευδοποιήσεις αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους, ἐν οἷς τίθησι θεοὺς καὶ πρόνοιαν, ἵνα ταῦτα φήσῃς εἶναι ἀληθῆ· εἰ δὲ τίθης οὐδὲν ἧττον πρόνοιαν, ὡς οὐ συγκατατιθέμενος Κέλσῳ λέγοντι μήτε θεὸν μήτε θεοῦ παῖδα κατεληλυθέναι ἢ κατέρχεσθαι πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, διὰ τί οὐχὶ ἐπιμελῶς ἐξετάσεις ἐκ τῶν περὶ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῖν λελεγμένων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητευομένων, τίνα μᾶλλον χρὴ νομίζειν θεὸν καὶ θεοῦ παῖδα κατεληλυθέναι πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν τοσαῦτα οἰκονομήσαντα καὶ ποιήσαντα Ἰησοῦν ἢ τοὺς προφάσει χρησμῶν καὶ μαντειῶν μὴ ἐπανορθοῦντας μὲν τὰ ἤθη τῶν θεραπευομένων καὶ προσέτι δ᾿ ἀποστάντας τῆς εἰλικρινοῦς καὶ καθαρᾶς πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴν σεβασμίου τιμῆς καὶ σχίζοντας τὴν τῶν προσεχόντων αὐτοῖς ψυχὴν προφάσει τιμῆς πλειόνων θεῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ μόνου ἐναργοῦς καὶ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ;
5.4 Chapter IV
But since he says, in the next place, as if the Jews or Christians had answered regarding those who come down to visit the human race, that they were angels: “But if ye say that they are angels, what do you call them?” he continues, “Are they gods, or some other race of beings?” and then again introduces us as if answering, “Some other race of beings, and probably demons,”—let us proceed to notice these remarks. For we indeed acknowledge that angels are “ministering spirits,” and we say that “they are sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation;” and that they ascend, bearing the supplications of men, to the purest of the heavenly places in the universe, or even to supercelestial regions purer still; and that they come down from these, conveying to each one, according to his deserts, something enjoined by God to be conferred by them upon those who are to be the recipients of His benefits. Having thus learned to call these beings “angels” from their employments, we find that because they are divine they are sometimes termed “god” in the sacred Scriptures, but not so that we are commanded to honour and worship in place of God those who minister to us, and bear to us His blessings. For every prayer, and supplication, and intercession, and thanksgiving, is to be sent up to the Supreme God through the High Priest, who is above all the angels, the living Word and God. And to the Word Himself shall we also pray and make intercessions, and offer thanksgivings and supplications to Him, if we have the capacity of distinguishing between the proper use and abuse of prayer.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἀποκριναμένων ἂν Ἰουδαίων ἢ Χριστιανῶν περὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους καταβαινόντων ὅτι εἶεν ἄγγελοι, φησίν· εἰ δέ τινας ἀγγέλους φατὲ, καὶ προσεπερωτᾷ λέγων· τίνας τούτους λέγετε; θεοὺς ἢ ἄλλο τι γένος; εἶτα πάλιν οἱονεὶ ἀποκριναμένους ἄγει ὅτι ἄλλο τι ὡς εἰκὸς, τοὺς δαίμονας· φέρε καὶ ταῦτα κατανοήσωμεν. ὁμολογουμένως μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀγγέλους φαμὲν, „λειτουργικὰ“ ὄντας „πνεύματα“ καὶ „εἰς διακονίας ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν“, ἀναβαίνειν μὲν προσάγοντας τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐντεύξεις ἐν τοῖς καθαρωτάτοις τοῦ κόσμου χωρίοις ἐπουρανίοις ἢ καὶ τοῖς τούτων καθαρωτέροις ὑπερουρανίοις, καταβαίνειν δ᾿ αὖ ἐκεῖθεν φέροντας ἑκάστῳ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν τῶν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τι αὐτοῖς διακονεῖν τοῖς εὐεργετουμένοις προστασσομένων. τούτους δὴ ἀγγέλους ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔργου αὐτῶν μεμαθηκότες καλεῖν, εὑρίσκομεν αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸ θείους εἶναι καὶ „θεοὺς“ ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ποτε ὀνομαζομένους γραφαῖς, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὥστε προστάσσεσθαι ἡμῖν τοὺς διακονοῦντας καὶ φέροντας ἡμῖν τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σέβειν καὶ προσκυνεῖν ἀντὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. πᾶσαν μὲν γὰρ δέησιν καὶ προσευχὴν καὶ ἔντευξιν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν ἀναπεμπτέον τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων ἀγγέλων ἀρχιερέως, ἐμψύχου λόγου καὶ θεοῦ. δεησόμεθα δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐντευξόμεθα αὐτῷ καὶ εὐχαριστήσομεν καὶ προσευξόμεθα δὲ, ἐὰν δυνώμεθα κατακούειν τῆς περὶ προσευχῆς κυριολεξίας καὶ καταχρήσεως.
5.5 Chapter V
For to invoke angels without having obtained a knowledge of their nature greater than is possessed by men, would be contrary to reason. But, conformably to our hypothesis, let this knowledge of them, which is something wonderful and mysterious, be obtained. Then this knowledge, making known to us their nature, and the offices to which they are severally appointed, will not permit us to pray with confidence to any other than to the Supreme God, who is sufficient for all things, and that through our Saviour the Son of God, who is the Word, and Wisdom, and Truth, and everything else which the writings of God’s prophets and the apostles of Jesus entitle Him. And it is enough to secure that the holy angels of God be propitious to us, and that they do all things on our behalf, that our disposition of mind towards God should imitate as far as it is within the power of human nature the example of these holy angels, who again follow the example of their God; and that the conceptions which we entertain of His Son, the Word, so far as attainable by us, should not be opposed to the clearer conceptions of Him which the holy angels possess, but should daily approach these in clearness and distinctness. But because Celsus has not read our holy Scriptures, he gives himself an answer as if it came from us, saying that we “assert that the angels who come down from heaven to confer benefits on mankind are a different race from the gods,” and adds that “in all probability they would be called demons by us:” not observing that the name “demons” is not a term of indifferent meaning like that of “men,” among whom some are good and some bad, nor yet a term of excellence like that of “the gods,” which is applied not to wicked demons, or to statues, or to animals, but (by those who know divine things) to what is truly divine and blessed; whereas the term “demons” is always applied to those wicked powers, freed from the encumbrance of a grosser body, who lead men astray, and fill them with distractions and drag them down from God and supercelestial thoughts to things here below.
Ἀγγέλους γὰρ καλέσαι μὴ ἀναλαβόντας τὴν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπους περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμην οὐκ εὔλογον. ἵνα δὲ καὶ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν ἡ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμη θαυμάσιός τις οὖσα καὶ ἀπόῤῥητος καταληφθῇ, αὕτη ἡ ἐπιστήμη, παραστήσασα τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφ᾿ οἷς εἰσιν ἕκαστοι τεταγμένοι, οὐκ ἐάσει ἄλλῳ θαῤῥεῖν εὔχεσθαι ἢ τῷ πρὸς πάντα διαρκεῖ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν υἱοῦ θεοῦ· ὅς ἐστι „λόγος“ καὶ σοφία καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα λέγουσι περὶ αὐτοῦ αἱ τῶν προφητῶν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γραφαί. ἀρκεῖ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἵλεως ἡμῖν τοὺς ἁγίους ἀγγέλους εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πάντα πράττειν αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διάθεσις ἡμῶν, ὅση δύναμις ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, μιμουμένη τὴν ἐκείνων προαίρεσιν, μιμουμένων αὐτῶν τὸν θεόν· καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτὸν ἡμῖν διάληψις, οὐκ ἐναντιουμένη τῇ τρανοτέρᾳ περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλήψει τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων ἀλλ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνην ὁσημέραι τῇ τρανότητι καὶ διαρθρώσει σπεύδουσα. ὡς μὴ ἀναγνοὺς δὲ τὰς ἱερὰς ἡμῶν γραφὰς ὁ Κέλσος ἑαυτῷ ἀποκρίνεται ὡς ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν ὅτι ἄλλο τι γένος παρὰ θεοῦ φαμεν τοὺς καταβαίνοντας ἐπ᾿ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀγγέλους καί φησιν ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς λεχθῆναι ἂν αὐτοὺς ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν δαίμονας· οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ὄνομα οὐδὲ μέσον ἐστὶν ὡς τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν οἷς τινὲς μὲν ἀστεῖοι τινὲς δὲ φαῦλοί εἰσιν, οὔτ᾿ ἀστεῖον, ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ τῶν θεῶν, τασσόμενον οὐκ ἐπὶ φαύλων, ἐπὶ δαιμονίων ἢ ἐπὶ ἀγαλμάτων ἢ ἐπὶ ζῴων. ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ θεοῦ ἐγνωκότων ἐπὶ τῶν ἀληθῶς θειοτέρων καὶ μακαρίων. ἀεὶ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν φαύλων ἔξω τοῦ παχυτέρου σώματος δυνάμεων τάσσεται τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ὄνομα, πλανώντων καὶ περισπώντων τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ καθελκόντων ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπερουρανίων ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε πράγματα.
5.6 Chapter VI
He next proceeds to make the following statement about the Jews:—“The first point relating to the Jews which is fitted to excite wonder, is that they should worship the heaven and the angels who dwell therein, and yet pass by and neglect its most venerable and powerful parts, as the sun, the moon, and the other heavenly bodies, both fixed stars and planets, as if it were possible that ‘the whole’ could be God, and yet its parts not divine; or (as if it were reasonable) to treat with the greatest respect those who are said to appear to such as are in darkness somewhere, blinded by some crooked sorcery, or dreaming dreams through the influence of shadowy spectres, while those who prophesy so clearly and strikingly to all men, by means of whom rain, and heat, and clouds, and thunder (to which they offer worship), and lightnings, and fruits, and all kinds of productiveness, are brought about,—by means of whom God is revealed to them,—the most prominent heralds among those beings that are above,—those that are truly heavenly angels,—are to be regarded as of no account!” In making these statements, Celsus appears to have fallen into confusion, and to have penned them from false ideas of things which he did not understand; for it is patent to all who investigate the practices of the Jews, and compare them with those of the Christians, that the Jews who follow the law, which, speaking in the person of God, says, “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me: thou shalt not make unto thee an image, nor a likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the waters under the earth; thou shalt not bow down to them, nor serve them,” worship nothing else than the Supreme God, who made the heavens, and all things besides. Now it is evident that those who live according to the law, and worship the Maker of heaven, will not worship the heaven at the same time with God. Moreover, no one who obeys the law of Moses will bow down to the angels who are in heaven; and, in like manner, as they do not bow down to sun, moon, and stars, the host of heaven, they refrain from doing obeisance to heaven and its angels, obeying the law which declares: “Lest thou lift up thine eyes to heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldst be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations.”
Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ τοιαύτην ἐκτίθεται περὶ Ἰουδαίων λέξιν· πρῶτον οὖν τῶν Ἰουδαίων θαυμάζειν ἄξιον, εἰ τὸν μὲν οὐρανὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷδε ἀγγέλους σέβουσι, τὰ σεμνότατα δὲ αὐτοῦ μέρη καὶ δυνατώτατα, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας ἀπλανεῖς τε καὶ πλανήτας, ταῦτα παραπέμπουσιν· ὡς ἐνδεχόμε νον τὸ μὲν ὅλον εἶναι θεὸν, τὰ δὲ μέρη αὐτοῦ μὴ θεῖα. ἢ τοὺς μὲν ἐν σκότῳ που ἐκ γοητείας οὐκ ὀρθῆς τυφλώττουσιν ἢ δι᾿ ἀμυδρῶν φασμάτων ὀνειρώττουσιν ἐγχρίμπτειν λεγομένους εὖ μάλα θρησκεύειν, τοὺς δ᾿ ἐναργῶς οὕτως καὶ λαμπρῶς ἅπασι προφητεύοντας, δι᾿ ὧν ὑετούς τε καὶ θάλπη καὶ νέφη καὶ βροντὰς, ἃς προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ ἀστραπὰς καὶ καρποὺς καὶ γονὰς ἁπάσας ταμιεύεσθαι, δι᾿ ὧν αὐτοῖς ἀνακαλύπτεσθαι τὸν θεὸν, τοὺς φανερωτάτους τῶν ἄνω κήρυκας, τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς οὐρανίους ἀγγέλους, τούτους ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ μηδέν, ἐν τούτοις δὲ δοκεῖ μοι συγκεχύσθαι ὁ Κέλσος καὶ ἀπὸ παρακουσμάτων ἃ μὴ ᾔδει γεγραφέναι· σαφὲς γὰρ τοῖς τὰ Ἰουδαίων ἐξετάζουσι καὶ τὰ Χριστιανῶν ἐκείνοις συνάπτουσιν ὅτι τῷ μὲν νόμῳ ἀκολουθοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι, λέγοντι ἐκ προσώπου θεοῦ· „οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι (θεοὶ) ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ, οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα, ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς· οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς,“ οὐδὲν ἄλλο σέβουσιν ἢ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν, ὃς ἐποίησε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα, δῆλον δ᾿ ὅτι οἱ κατὰ τὸν νόμον βιοῦντες σέβοντες τὸν ποιήσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν οὐ συσσέβουσι τῷ θεῷ τὸν οὐρανόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἀγγέλους οὐδεὶς τῶν δουλευόντων τῷ Μωϋσέως νόμῳ προσκυνεῖ· ὁμοίως δὲ τῷ μὴ προσκυνεῖν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας, „τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“, ἀπέχονται τοῦ προσκυνεῖν οὐρανὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ ἀγγέλους, πειθόμενοι τῷ λέγοντι νόμῳ· „καὶ μὴ ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας, πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς, ἃ ἀπένειμε κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.“
5.7 Chapter VII
Having, moreover, assumed that the Jews consider the heaven to be God, he adds that this is absurd; finding fault with those who bow down to the heaven, but not also to the sun, and moon, and stars, saying that the Jews do this, as if it were possible that “the whole” should be God, and its several parts not divine. And he seems to call the heaven “a whole,” and sun, moon, and stars its several parts. Now, certainly neither Jews nor Christians call the “heaven” God. Let it be granted, however, that, as he alleges, the heaven is called God by the Jews, and suppose that sun, moon, and stars are parts of “heaven,”—which is by no means true, for neither are the animals and plants upon the earth any portion of it,—how is it true, even according to the opinions of the Greeks, that if God be a whole, His parts also are divine? Certainly they say that the Cosmos taken as the whole is God, the Stoics calling it the First God, the followers of Plato the Second, and some of them the Third. According to these philosophers, then, seeing the whole Cosmos is God, its parts also are divine; so that not only are human beings divine, but the whole of the irrational creation, as being “portions” of the Cosmos; and besides these, the plants also are divine. And if the rivers, and mountains, and seas are portions of the Cosmos, then, since the whole Cosmos is God, are the rivers and seas also gods? But even this the Greeks will not assert. Those, however, who preside over rivers and seas (either demons or gods, as they call them), they would term gods. Now from this it follows that the general statement of Celsus, even according to the Greeks, who hold the doctrine of Providence, is false, that if any “whole” be a god, its parts necessarily are divine. But it follows from the doctrine of Celsus, that if the Cosmos be God, all that is in it is divine, being parts of the Cosmos. Now, according to this view, animals, as flies, and gnats, and worms, and every species of serpent, as well as of birds and fishes, will be divine,—an assertion which would not be made even by those who maintain that the Cosmos is God. But the Jews, who live according to the law of Moses, although they may not know how to receive the secret meaning of the law, which is conveyed in obscure language, will not maintain that either the heaven or the angels are God.
Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτῷ λαβὼν, ὡς ἄρα θεὸν νομίζουσι τὸν οὐρανὸν Ἰουδαῖοι, τούτῳ ὡς ἄτοπον ἐπιφέρει, ἐγκαλῶν τοῖς προσκυνοῦσι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας, ὅτι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν Ἰουδαῖοι ὡς ἐνδεχόμενον τὸ μὲν ὅλον εἶναι (θεὸν), τὰ μέρη δ᾿ αὐτοῦ μὴ θεῖα· καὶ ὅλον μὲν ἔοικε λέγειν τὸν οὐρανὸν μέρη δ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας. οὐ λέγουσι μὲν οὖν σαφῶς οὔτε Ἰουδαῖοι οὔτε Χριστιανοὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν. ἀλλὰ δεδόσθω κατ᾿ αὐτὸν λέγεσθαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων θεὸν εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἔστω δὲ καὶ μέρη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες (ὅπερ οὐ πάντως ἐστὶν ἀληθὲς. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ζῷα καὶ φυτὰ μέρη γῆς)· πόθεν δὴ καὶ καθ᾿ Ἕλληνας ἀληθὲς ὅτι, ἐὰν ὅλον τι θεὸς ᾖ, ἤδη καὶ τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ ἐστι θεῖα; σαφῶς δὴ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον λέγουσιν εἶναι θεὸν, Στωϊκοὶ μὲν τὸν πρῶτον οἱ δ᾿ ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος τὸν δεύτερον τινὲς δ᾿ αὐτῶν τὸν τρίτον. ἆρ᾿ οὖν κατὰ τοὺς τοιούτους. ἐπεὶ τὸ ὅλον ὁ κόσμος θεός ἐστιν, ἤδη καὶ τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ θεῖα· ὡς εἶναι θεῖα οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπους ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα. μέρη ὄντα τοῦ κόσμου, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὰ φυτά; εἰ δὲ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ αἱ θάλασσαι, ἆρ᾿ ἐπεὶ ὅλος ὁ κόσμος θεός ἐστιν, ἤδη καὶ οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ αἱ θάλασσαι θεοί εἰσιν; ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τοῦτο φήσουσιν Ἕλληνες· τοὺς δ᾿ ἐπιστατοῦντας εἰ ἄρα δαίμονας (ἢ θεοὺς, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι ὀνομάζουσι) ποταμοῖς καὶ θαλάσσαις, τούτους ἂν λέγοιεν θεούς· καὶ τὸ καθολικὸν Κέλσου γίνεται καὶ καθ᾿ Ἕλληνας, τοὺς τὴν πρόνοιαν εἰσάγοντας. ψεῦδος, ὅτι ἐάν τι ὅλον ᾖ θεὸς. πάντως τὰ μέρη τούτου ἐστὶ θεῖα. ἀκολουθεῖ δὲ τῷ Κέλσου λόγῳ. ἐὰν θεὸς ᾖ ὁ κόσμος, πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ εἶναι θεῖα, μέρη ὄντα τοῦ κόσμου. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο θεῖα ἔσται ζῷα μυῖαι καὶ σκνίφες καὶ σκώληκες καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν ὄφεων εἶδος ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῶν ὀρνέων καὶ τὸ τῶν ἰχθύων· ἅπερ οὐδ᾿ οἱ λέγοντες θεὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον φήσουσιν. οἱ (δὲ) κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Μωϋσέως νόμον βιοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι, κἂν μηδὲν εἰδῶσιν ἐκδέχεσθαι κεκρυμμένως εἰρημένον τοῦ νόμου βούλημα καὶ ἀπόῤῥητόν τι ἐμφαῖνον, οὔτε τὸν οὐρανὸν φήσουσιν εἶναι θεὸν οὔτε τοὺς ἀγγέλους.
5.8 Chapter VIII
As we allege, however, that he has fallen into confusion in consequence of false notions which he has imbibed, come and let us point them out to the best of our ability, and show that although Celsus considers it to be a Jewish custom to bow down to the heaven and the angels in it, such a practice is not at all Jewish, but is in violation of Judaism, as it also is to do obeisance to sun, moon, and stars, as well as images. You will find at least in the book of Jeremiah the words of God censuring by the mouth of the prophet the Jewish people for doing obeisance to such objects, and for sacrificing to the queen of heaven, and to all the host of heaven. The writings of the Christians, moreover, show, in censuring the sins committed among the Jews, that when God abandoned that people on account of certain sins, these sins (of idol-worship) also were committed by them. For it is related in the Acts of the Apostles regarding the Jews, that “God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye house of Israel, have ye offered to Me slain beasts and sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness? Yea, ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which you made to worship them.” And in the writings of Paul, who was carefully trained in Jewish customs, and converted afterwards to Christianity by a miraculous appearance of Jesus, the following words may be read in the Epistle to the Colossians: “Let no man beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels, intruding into those things which he hath not seen, vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind; and not holding the Head, from which all the body by joint and bands having nourishment ministered, and knit together, increaseth with the increase of God.” But Celsus, having neither read these verses, nor having learned their contents from any other source, has represented, I know not how, the Jews as not transgressing their law in bowing down to the heavens, and to the angels therein.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ φάσκομεν αὐτὸν συγκεχύσθαι ἔκ τινων παρακουσμάτων, φέρε καὶ ταῦτα ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν τρανώσωμεν καὶ παραστήσωμεν ὅτι, Κέλσου νομίζοντος Ἰουδαϊκὸν εἶναι τὸ προσκυνεῖν οὐρανῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ ἀγγέλοις, οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκὸν μὲν τὸ τοιοῦτον, παραβατικὸν δὲ ἰουδαϊσμοῦ ἐστιν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ προσκυνεῖν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν. εὑρήσεις γοῦν μάλιστα ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον, διὰ τοῦ προφήτου μεμφόμενον τῷ Ἰουδαίων λαῷ ὡς προσκυνοῦντι τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ θύοντι „τῇ βασιλίσσῃ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“ καὶ „πάσῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.“ δηλοῦσι δὲ καὶ οἱ Χριστιανῶν λόγοι, κατηγοροῦντες τῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίοις ἁμαρτανομένων, ὅτι θεοῦ ἐγκαταλιπόντος τὸν λαὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐπί τισιν ἁμαρτήμασι καὶ ταῦτ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἡμαρτάνετο. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς Πράξεσι γέγραπται τῶν ἀποστόλων περὶ Ἰουδαίων ὅτι „ἔστρεψε δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν· μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη, οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν Μολὸχ καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ῾Ρομφᾶ. τοὺς τύπους, οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς;“ παρὰ δὲ τῷ Παύλῳ, ἀκριβῶς τὰ Ἰουδαίων παιδευθέντι καὶ ὕστερον ἐκ παραδόξου ἐπιφανείας Ἰησοῦ χριστιανίσαντι. τοιαῦτ᾿ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς λέλεκται· „μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἃ ἑώρακεν ἐμβατεύων, εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλὴν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ θεοῦ.“ ταῦτα δὲ μήτ᾿ ἀναγνοὺς μήτε μαθὼν ὁ Κέλσος οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως πεποίηκεν ὡς οὐ παρανομοῦντας Ἰουδαίους προσκυνεῖν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ ἀγγέλοις.
5.9 Chapter IX
And still continuing a little confused, and not taking care to see what was relevant to the matter, he expressed his opinion that the Jews were induced by the incantations employed in jugglery and sorcery (in consequence of which certain phantoms appear, in obedience to the spells employed by the magicians) to bow down to the angels in heaven, not observing that this was contrary to their law, which said to them who practised such observances: “Regard not them which have familiar spirits, neither seek after wizards, to be defiled by them: I am the Lord your God.” He ought, therefore, either not to have at all attributed this practice to the Jews, seeing he has observed that they keep their law, and has called them “those who live according to their law;” or if he did attribute it, he ought to have shown that the Jews did this in violation of their code. But again, as they transgress their law who offer worship to those who are said to appear to them who are involved in darkness and blinded by sorcery, and who dream dreams, owing to obscure phantoms presenting themselves; so also do they transgress the law who offer sacrifice to sun, moon, and stars. And there is thus great inconsistency in the same individual saying that the Jews are careful to keep their law by not bowing down to sun, and moon, and stars, while they are not so careful to keep it in the matter of heaven and the angels.
Ἔτι δ᾿ ὑποσυγκεχυμένος καὶ μὴ ἐπιμελῶς ἰδὼν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ᾠήθη ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν μαγγανείαις καὶ γοητείαις ἐπῳδῶν προτραπέντας Ἰουδαίους ἔκ τινων κατὰ τὰς ἐπῳδὰς φασμάτων ἐπιφαινομένων τοῖς ἐπᾴδουσι προσκυνεῖν τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀγγέλους. οὐ συνιδὼν ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο παρὰ τὸν νόμον τοῖς γε ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν ἐγίνετο λέγοντα· „οὐκ ἐπακολουθήσετε ἐγγαστριμύθοις, καὶ τοῖς ἐπαοιδοῖς οὐ προσκολληθήσεσθε ἐκμιανθῆναι ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.“ ἐχρῆν οὖν ἢ μηδ᾿ ὅλως ταῦτ᾿ εἰς Ἰουδαίους ἀναφέρειν τὸν τηροῦντα Ἰουδαίους ὡς φυλάσσοντας τὸν νόμον καὶ λέγοντα αὐτοὺς εἶναι τοὺς κατὰ τὸν νόμον βιοῦντας, ἢ ἀναφέροντα παραστῆσαι ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα οἱ παρανομοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἐποίουν. ἀλλὰ πάλιν ὥσπερ παρανομοῦσιν οἱ τοὺς ἐν σκότῳ που καὶ ἐκ γοητείας θρησκεύοντες. τυφλώττοντες καὶ δι᾿ ἀμυδρῶν φασμάτων ὀνειρώττοντες, προσκυνοῦντες τοὺς ἐγχρίμπτειν λεγομένους καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις· οὕτως καὶ οἱ ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις θύοντες εὖ μάλα παρανομοῦσι. καὶ οὐκ ἦν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λέγειν Ἰουδαίους καὶ φυλαττομένους προσκυνεῖν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα, καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον μὴ φυλαττομένους ἐπὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων.
5.10 Chapter X
And if it be necessary for us to offer a defence of our refusal to recognise as gods, equally with angels, and sun, and moon, and stars, those who are called by the Greeks “manifest and visible” divinities, we shall answer that the law of Moses knows that these latter have been apportioned by God among all the nations under the heaven, but not amongst those who were selected by God as His chosen people above all the nations of the earth. For it is written in the book of Deuteronomy: “And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldst be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations unto the whole heaven. But the Lord hath taken us, and brought us forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto Him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day.” The Hebrew people, then, being called by God a “chosen generation, and a royal priesthood, and a holy nation, and a purchased people,” regarding whom it was foretold to Abraham by the voice of the Lord addressed to him, “Look now towards heaven, and tell the stars, if thou be able to number them: and He said unto him, So shall thy seed be;” and having thus a hope that they would become as the stars of heaven, were not likely to bow down to those objects which they were to resemble as a result of their understanding and observing the law of God. For it was said to them: “The Lord our God hath multiplied us; and, behold, ye are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude.” In the book of Daniel, also, the following prophecies are found relating to those who are to share in the resurrection: “And at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that has been written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and (those) of the many righteous as the stars for ever and ever,” etc. And hence Paul, too, when speaking of the resurrection, says: “And there are also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celestial is one, and the glory of the terrestrial is another. There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars; for one star differeth from another star in glory. So also is the resurrection of the dead.” It was not therefore consonant to reason that those who had been taught sublimely to ascend above all created things, and to hope for the enjoyment of the most glorious rewards with God on account of their virtuous lives, and who had heard the words, “Ye are the light of the world,” and, “Let your light so shine before men, that they, seeing your good works, may glorify your Father who is in heaven,” and who possessed through practice this brilliant and unfading wisdom, or who had secured even the “very reflection of everlasting light,” should be so impressed with the (mere) visible light of sun, and moon, and stars, that, on account of that sensible light of theirs, they should deem themselves (although possessed of so great a rational light of knowledge, and of the true light, and the light of the world, and the light of men) to be somehow inferior to them, and to bow down to them; seeing they ought to be worshipped, if they are to receive worship at all, not for the sake of the sensible light which is admired by the multitude, but because of the rational and true light, if indeed the stars in heaven are rational and virtuous beings, and have been illuminated with the light of knowledge by that wisdom which is the “reflection of everlasting light.” For that sensible light of theirs is the work of the Creator of all things, while that rational light is derived perhaps from the principle of free-will within them.
Εἰ δὲ χρὴ ἀπολογήσασθαι ἡμᾶς, ἐπ᾿ ἴσης μὴ προσκυνοῦντας ἀγγέλους καὶ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα, περὶ τοῦ μηδὲ τοὺς λεγομένους ὑφ᾿ Ἑλλήνων ἐμφανεῖς θεοὺς καὶ αἰσθητοὺς προσκυνεῖν, φήσομεν ὅτι καὶ ὁ Μωϋσέως νόμος ἐπίσταται τούτους ἀπονεμηθέντας μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ „πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“ οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς εἰς ἐξαίρετον μερίδα ληφθεῖσι τῷ θεῷ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἔθνη. γέγραπται γοῦν ἐν Δευτερονομίῳ· „καὶ μή ποτε ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας, πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς, α ἀπένειμε κύριος ὁ θεός σου πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῖς ὑποκάτω παντὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ἡμᾶς δ᾿ ἔλαβε κύριος ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς καμίνου τῆς σιδηρᾶς, ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, εἶναι λαὸν αὐτῷ ἔγκληρον ὡς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ.“ „γένος“ τοίνυν „ἐκλεκτὸν“ καὶ „βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα“ καὶ „ἔθνος ἅγιον“ καὶ „λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν“ κληθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἶναι ὁ Ἑβραίων λαὸς, περὶ ου τῷ Ἀβραὰμ προείρητο ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦ κυρίου φωνῆς· „ἀνάβλεψον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἀρίθμησον τοὺς ἀστέρας, εἰ δυνήσῃ ἐξαριθμῆσαι αὐτούς. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· οὕτως. ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου,“ οὐκ ἔμελλε τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχων οὕτω γενέσθαι ὡς οἱ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστέρες προσκυνεῖν ἐκείνους, οἷς ἐκ τοῦ συνιέναι καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι ἔμελλον. καὶ γὰρ λέλεκται πρὸς αὐτούς· „κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐπλήθυνεν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἰδού ἐστε σήμερον ὡσεὶ τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει.“ καὶ ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ δὲ προφητεύεται τοιαῦτα περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν· „καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ σωθήσεται ὁ λαός σου πᾶς ὁ γεγραμμένος ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ· καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων ἐν γῆς χώματι ἐξεγερθήσονται, οὗτοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ οὗτοι εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον· καὶ οἱ συνιέντες ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ἡ λαμπρότης τοῦ στερεώματος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δικαίων τῶν πολλῶν ὡς οἱ ἀστέρες εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ ἔτι.“ ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος λαβὼν ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἀναστάσεώς φησι· „καὶ σώματα ἐπουράνια καὶ σώματα ἐπίγεια· ἀλλ᾿ ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων. ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων· ἀστὴρ γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν.“
οὐ τοίνυν ἦν εὔλογον τοὺς διδαχθέντας μεγαλοφυῶς ὑπεραναβαίνειν πάντα τὰ δημιουργήματα καὶ ἐλπίζειν τὰ ἄριστα περὶ αὐτῶν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ἐπὶ τῷ καλλίστῳ βίῳ καὶ ἀκούσαντας τὸ „ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου“ καὶ τὸ „λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσι τὰ καλὰ ὑμῶν ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς,“ ἀσκοῦντας ἔχειν τὴν λαμπρὰν καὶ ἀμάραντον σοφίαν ἢ καὶ ἀνειληφότας αὐτὴν οὖσαν „ἀπαύγασμα“ „φωτὸς ἀϊδίου,“ καταπλαγῆναι τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων φῶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὥστε διὰ τὸ αἰσθητὸν φῶς ἐκείνων νομίσαι ἑαυτοὺς κάτω που εἶναι, ἔχοντας τηλικοῦτον νοητὸν γνώσεως φῶς καὶ „φῶς ἀληθινὸν“ καὶ „φῶς τοῦ κόσμου“ καὶ „φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων,“ κἀκείνοις προσκυνῆσαι· οὓς εἰ ἄρα προσκυνεῖσθαι ἐχρῆν. οὐ διὰ τὸ θαυμαζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν αἰσθητὸν φῶς ἐχρῆν προσκυνεῖσθαι ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ νοητὸν καὶ ἀληθινὸν, εἴπερ καὶ οἱ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστέρες ζῷά εἰσι λογικὰ καὶ σπουδαῖα καὶ ἐφωτίσθησαν τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας, ἥτις ἐστὶν „ἀπαύγασμα“ „φωτὸς ἀϊδίου.“ καὶ γὰρ τὸ μὲν αἰσθητὸν φῶς αὐτῶν ἔργον ἐστὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργοῦ· τὸ δὲ νοητὸν τάχα καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐν αὐτοῖς αὐτεξουσίου ἐληλυθός.
5.11 Chapter XI
But even this rational light itself ought not to be worshipped by him who beholds and understands the true light, by sharing in which these also are enlightened; nor by him who beholds God, the Father of the true light,—of whom it has been said, “God is light, and in Him there is no darkness at all.” Those, indeed, who worship sun, moon, and stars because their light is visible and celestial, would not bow down to a spark of fire or a lamp upon earth, because they see the incomparable superiority of those objects which are deemed worthy of homage to the light of sparks and lamps. So those who understand that God is light, and who have apprehended that the Son of God is “the true light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world,” and who comprehend also how He says, “I am the light of the world,” would not rationally offer worship to that which is, as it were, a spark in sun, moon, and stars, in comparison with God, who is light of the true light. Nor is it with a view to depreciate these great works of God’s creative power, or to call them, after the fashion of Anaxagoras, “fiery masses,” that we thus speak of sun, and moon, and stars; but because we perceive the inexpressible superiority of the divinity of God, and that of His only-begotten Son, which surpasses all other things. And being persuaded that the sun himself, and moon, and stars pray to the Supreme God through His only-begotten Son, we judge it improper to pray to those beings who themselves offer up prayers (to God), seeing even they themselves would prefer that we should send up our requests to the God to whom they pray, rather than send them downwards to themselves, or apportion our power of prayer between God and them. And here I may employ this illustration, as bearing upon this point: Our Lord and Saviour, hearing Himself on one occasion addressed as “Good Master,” referring him who used it to His own Father, said, “Why callest thou Me good? There is none good but one, that is, God the Father.” And since it was in accordance with sound reason that this should be said by the Son of His Father’s love, as being the image of the goodness of God, why should not the sun say with greater reason to those that bow down to him, Why do you worship me? “for thou wilt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve;” for it is He whom I and all who are with me serve and worship. And although one may not be so exalted (as the sun), nevertheless let such an one pray to the Word of God (who is able to heal him), and still more to His Father, who also to the righteous of former times “sent His word, and healed them, and delivered them from their destructions.”
Οὐ χρὴ δὲ οὐδ᾿ αὐτὸ προσκυνεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ βλέποντος καὶ συνιέντος τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς, οὗ μετοχῇ καὶ ταυτὶ ἄρα πεφώτισται, οὐδ᾿ ὑπὸ τοῦ βλέποντος τὸν πατέρα τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς θεὸν. περὶ οὗ καλῶς λέλεκται τό· „ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστι, καὶ σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία.“ καὶ ὥσπερ οἱ διὰ τὸ φῶς αἰσθητὸν καὶ οὐράνιον εἶναι προσκυνοῦντες ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα οὐκ ἂν προσκυνήσαιεν σπινθῆρα πυρὸς ἢ λύχνον ἐπὶ γῆς, ὁρῶντες τὴν ἀσύγκριτον ὑπεροχὴν τῶν νομιζομένων ἀξίων προσκυνεῖσθαι παρὰ τὸ τῶν σπινθήρων καὶ τῶν λύχνων φῶς· οὕτως οἱ νοήσαντες, πῶς „ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστι,“ καταλαβόντες δὲ, πῶς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ „φῶς ἀληθινόν“ ἐστιν, „ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον, ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον,“ συνιέντες δὲ καὶ, πῶς οὗτός φησι τό· „ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου,“ οὐκ ἂν εὐλόγως προσκυνήσαιεν τὸν οἱονεὶ βραχὺν σπινθῆρα ὡς πρὸς φῶς τὸν θεὸν ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις.
καὶ οὐκ ἀτιμάζοντές γε τὰ τηλικαῦτα τοῦ θεοῦ δημιουργήματα οὐδ᾿ Ἀναξαγορείως „μύδρον διάπυρον“ λέγοντες εἶναι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας τοιαῦτά φαμεν περὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἀστέρων, ἀλλ᾿ αἰσθανόμενοί τε τῆς ἀφάτῳ ὑπεροχῇ ὑπερεχούσης θειότητος τοῦ θεοῦ ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς αὐτοῦ ὑπερέχοντος τὰ λοιπά. πειθόμενοι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας εὔχεσθαι τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ μονογενοῦς αὐτοῦ, κρίνομεν μὴ δεῖν εὔχεσθαι τοῖς εὐχομένοις· ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναπέμπειν ἡμᾶς βούλονται μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν, ᾧ εὔχονται. ἢ κατάγειν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἢ μερίζειν ἡμῶν τὴν εὐκτικὴν δύναμιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτούς.
χρήσομαι δὲ καὶ τούτῳ περὶ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον παραδείγματι· ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ κύριος ἀκούσας ποτέ· „διδάσκαλε ἀγαθὲ,“ ἀναπέμπων τὸν λέγοντα τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα φησί· „τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεὸς ὁ πατήρ.“ εἴπερ δὲ τοῦτ᾿ εὐλόγως ὡς „εἰκὼν“ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ θεοῦ τυγχάνων εἴρηκεν ὁ υἱὸς „τῆς ἀγάπης“ τοῦ πατρὸς, πῶς οὐχὶ εὐλογώτερον ἂν τοῖς προσκυνοῦσιν εἶπεν ἥλιος· τί με προσκυνεῖς; „κύριον γὰρ τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις·“ ᾧ κἀγὼ καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ προσκυνοῦμεν καὶ λατρεύομεν. κἂν μὴ τηλικοῦτος δέ τις ᾖ, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ ὁ τοιοῦτος εὐχέσθω τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, δυναμένῳ αὐτὸν ἰάσασθαι, καὶ πολλῷ πλέον τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ὃς καὶ τοῖς πρότερον δικαίοις „ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐῤῥύσατο αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν διαφθορῶν αὐτῶν.“
5.12 Chapter XII
God accordingly, in His kindness, condescends to mankind, not in any local sense, but through His providence; while the Son of God, not only (when on earth), but at all times, is with His own disciples, fulfilling the promise, “Lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the world.” And if a branch cannot bear fruit except it abide in the vine, it is evident that the disciples also of the Word, who are the rational branches of the Word’s true vine, cannot produce the fruits of virtue unless they abide in the true vine, the Christ of God, who is with us locally here below upon the earth, and who is with those who cleave to Him in all parts of the world, and is also in all places with those who do not know Him. Another is made manifest by that John who wrote the Gospel, when, speaking in the person of John the Baptist, he said, “There standeth one among you whom ye know not; He it is who cometh after me.” And it is absurd, when He who fills heaven and earth, and who said, “Do I not fill heaven and earth? saith the Lord,” is with us, and near us (for I believe Him when He says, “I am a God nigh at hand, and not afar off, saith the Lord”) to seek to pray to sun or moon, or one of the stars, whose influence does not reach the whole of the world. But, to use the very words of Celsus, let it be granted that “the sun, moon, and stars do foretell rain, and heat, and clouds, and thunders,” why, then, if they really do foretell such great things, ought we not rather to do homage to God, whose servant they are in uttering these predictions, and show reverence to Him rather than His prophets? Let them predict, then, the approach of lightnings, and fruits, and all manner of productions, and let all such things be under their administration; yet we shall not on that account worship those who themselves offer worship, as we do not worship even Moses, and those prophets who came from God after him, and who predicted better things than rain, and heat, and clouds, and thunders, and lightnings, and fruits, and all sorts of productions visible to the senses. Nay, even if sun, and moon, and stars were able to prophesy better things than rain, not even then shall we worship them, but the Father of the prophecies which are in them, and the Word of God, their minister. But grant that they are His heralds, and truly messengers of heaven, why, even then ought we not to worship the God whom they only proclaim and announce, rather than those who are the heralds and messengers?
Θεὸς οὖν κατὰ τὴν χρηστότητα αὐτοῦ οὐ τοπικῶς ἀλλὰ προνοητικῶς συγκαταβαίνει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. καὶ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ παῖς οὐ τότε μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων μαθητῶν ἐστι, πληρῶν τὸ „ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος.“ καὶ εἴπερ „κλῆμα καρπὸν οὐ δύναται φέρειν,“ „ἐὰν μὴ ἐμμείνῃ τῇ ἀμπέλῳ,“ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ οἱ τοῦ λόγου μαθηταὶ, τὰ νοητὰ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου τοῦ λόγου „κλήματα,“ οὐ δύνανται φέρειν τοὺς καρποὺς τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἐὰν μὴ μένωσιν ἐν τῇ ἀληθινῇ ἀμπέλῳ, τῷ Χριστῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν τῶν τοπικῶς κάτω ἐπὶ γῆς τυγχάνοντι, ὃς μετὰ τῶν πανταχοῦ προσπεφυκότων αὐτῷ ὢν, ἤδη δὲ καὶ μετὰ τῶν οὐκ εἰδότων αὐτὸν πανταχοῦ ἐστι. καὶ τοῦτό γε ὁ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον γράψας Ἰωάννης ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου δηλοῖ, λέγοντος· „μέσος ὑμῶν στήκει, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε, ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος.“ ἄτοπον δ᾿ ἐστὶν, τοῦ πληρώσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ εἰπόντος· „οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει κύριος“ ὄντος μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ πλησίον ἡμῶν τυγχάνοντος (πιστεύω γὰρ αὐτῷ λέγοντι· „θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐ θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν. λέγει κύριος“), ζητεῖν εὔχεσθαι τῷ μὴ φθάνοντι ἐπὶ τὰ σύμπαντα ἡλίῳ ἢ σελήνῃ ἤ τινι τῶν ἀστέρων.
ἔστω δὲ, ἵνα αὐταῖς ταῖς λέξεσι Κέλσου χρήσωμαι, προφητεύοντας εἶναι ὑετοὺς καὶ θάλπη καὶ νέφη καὶ βροντὰς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας· ἆρ᾿ οὖν, εἰ προφητεύουσιν οὗτοι τὰ τηλικαῦτα, οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ, ᾧ ὑπουργοῦντες προφητεύουσι, προσκυνητέον κἀκεῖνον σεπτέον ἤπερ τοῖς προφήταις αὐτοῦ; προφητευέτωσαν οὖν καὶ ἀστραπὰς καὶ καρποὺς καὶ γονὰς ἁπάσας, καὶ πάντα ταμιευέσθωσαν τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο προσκυνήσομεν τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ὡς οὐδὲ Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐκ θεοῦ προφητεύσαντας τὰ κρείττονα ὑετῶν τε καὶ θάλπους καὶ νεφῶν καὶ βροντῶν καὶ ἀστραπῶν καὶ καρπῶν καὶ πασῶν γονῶν αἰσθητῶν. ἀλλὰ κἂν ἔχωσιν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες προφητεύειν προφητείας κρείττονας ὑετῶν, οὐδ᾿ οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ τὸν πατέρα τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς προφητειῶν καὶ τὸν διάκονον αὐτῶν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ προσκυνήσομεν.
ἀλλ᾿ ἔστω καὶ κήρυκας αὐτοῦ εἶναι καὶ ἀληθῶς οὐρανίους ἀγγέλους, πῶς οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ οὕτως τὸν κηρυσσόμενον ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἀγγελλόμενον μᾶλλον προσκυνητέον ἢ τοὺς κήρυκας καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ;
5.13 Chapter XIII
Celsus, moreover, assumes that sun, and moon, and stars are regarded by us as of no account. Now, with regard to these, we acknowledge that they too are “waiting for the manifestation of the sons of God,” being for the present subjected to the “vanity” of their material bodies, “by reason of Him who has subjected the same in hope.” But if Celsus had read the innumerable other passages where we speak of sun, moon, and stars, and especially these,—“Praise Him, all ye stars, and thou, O light,” and, “Praise Him, ye heaven of heavens,”—he would not have said of us that we regard such mighty beings, which “greatly praise” the Lord God, as of no account. Nor did Celsus know the passage: “For the earnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God. For the creature was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of Him who hath subjected the same in hope; because the creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God.” And with these words let us terminate our defence against the charge of not worshipping sun, moon, and stars. And let us now bring forward those statements of his which follow, that we may, God willing, address to him in reply such arguments as shall be suggested by the light of truth.
Ἑαυτῷ δὲ λαμβάνει Κέλσος ὅτι ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τὸ μηδέν. περὶ ὧν ὁμολογοῦμεν ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ „τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ“ ἀπεκδέχονται, „τῇ“ τῶν ὑλικῶν σωμάτων „ματαιότητι“ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ὑποτεταγμένοι, „διὰ τὸν ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι ὑποτάξαντα.“ εἰ δ᾿ ἀνεγνώκει ὁ Κέλσος καὶ ἄλλα μὲν μυρία. ὅσα περὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων φαμὲν, καὶ τὸ „αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πάντα τὰ ἄστρα καὶ τὸ φῶς“ καὶ τὸ „αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν,“ οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἡμῶν ἀπεφήνατο ὅτι λέγομεν τὰ τηλικαῦτα, αἰνοῦντα μεγάλως τὸν θεὸν, εἶναι τὸ μηδέν. οὐκ οἶδε δ᾿ ὁ Κέλσος οὐδὲ τὸ „ἡ γὰρ ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται. τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα, ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ.“
καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὴ τέλος ἐχέτω ἡ περὶ τοῦ μὴ σέβειν ἡμᾶς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας ἀπολογία. ἐκθώμεθα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς λέξιν, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὴν θεοῦ διδόντος εἴπωμεν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὸς δοθησόμενα ἡμῖν.
5.14 Chapter XIV
The following, then, are his words: “It is folly on their part to suppose that when God, as if He were a cook, introduces the fire (which is to consume the world), all the rest of the human race will be burnt up, while they alone will remain, not only such of them as are then alive, but also those who are long since dead, which latter will arise from the earth clothed with the self-same flesh (as during life); for such a hope is simply one which might be cherished by worms. For what sort of human soul is that which would still long for a body that had been subject to corruption? Whence, also, this opinion of yours is not shared by some of the Christians, and they pronounce it to be exceedingly vile, and loathsome, and impossible; for what kind of body is that which, after being completely corrupted, can return to its original nature, and to that self-same first condition out of which it fell into dissolution? Being unable to return any answer, they betake themselves to a most absurd refuge, viz., that all things are possible to God. And yet God cannot do things that are disgraceful, nor does He wish to do things that are contrary to His nature; nor, if (in accordance with the wickedness of your own heart) you desired anything that was evil, would God accomplish it; nor must you believe at once that it will be done. For God does not rule the world in order to satisfy inordinate desires, or to allow disorder and confusion, but to govern a nature that is upright and just. For the soul, indeed, He might be able to provide an everlasting life; while dead bodies, on the contrary, are, as Heraclitus observes, more worthless than dung. God, however, neither can nor will declare, contrary to all reason, that the flesh, which is full of those things which it is not even honourable to mention, is to exist for ever. For He is the reason of all things that exist, and therefore can do nothing either contrary to reason or contrary to Himself.”
Λέγει οὖν ταῦτα· ἠλίθιον δ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ νομίζειν, ἐπειδὰν ὁ θεὸς ὥσπερ μάγειρος ἐπενέγκῃ τὸ πῦρ, τὸ μὲν ἄλλο πᾶν ἐξοπτήσεσθαι γένος, αὐτοὺς δὲ μόνους διαμενεῖν, οὐ μόνον τοὺς ζῶντας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πάλαι ποτὲ ἀποθανόντας αὐταῖς σαρξὶν ἐκείναις ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀναδύντας, ἀτεχνῶς σκωλήκων ἡ ἐλπίς. ποία γὰρ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ ποθήσειεν ἔτι σῶμα σεσηπός; ὁπότε μηδ᾿ ὑμῶν τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα καὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐνίοις κοινόν ἐστι, καὶ τὸ σφόδρα μιαρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπόπτυστον ἅμα καὶ ἀδύνατον ἀποφαίνειν· ποῖον γὰρ σῶμα πάντῃ διαφθαρὲν οἷόν τε ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φύσιν καὶ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην, ἐξ ἧς ἐλύθη, τὴν πρώτην σύστασιν; οὐδὲν ἔχοντες ἀποκρίνασθαι καταφεύγουσιν εἰς ἀτοπωτάτην ἀναχώρησιν, ὅτι πᾶν δυνατὸν τῷ θεῷ. ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι γε τὰ αἰσχρὰ ὁ θεὸς δύναται οὐδὲ τὰ παρὰ φύσιν βούλεται· οὐδ᾿ ἂν σύ τι ἐπιθυμήσῃς κατὰ τὴν σαυτοῦ μοχθηρίαν βδελυρὸν, ὁ θεὸς τοῦτο δυνήσεται, καὶ χρὴ πιστεύειν εὐθὺς ὅτι ἔσται. οὐ γὰρ τῆς πλημμελοῦς ὀρέξεως οὐδὲ τῆς πεπλανημένης ἀκοσμίας ἀλλὰ τῆς ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας φύσεως ὁ θεός ἐστιν ἀρχηγέτης. καὶ ψυχῆς μὲν αἰώνιον βιοτὴν δύναιτ᾿ ἂν παρασχεῖν· „νέκυες δὲ,“ φησὶν Ἡράκλειτος, „κοπρίων ἐκβλητότεροι.“ σάρκα δὴ, μεστὴν ὧν οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν καλὸν, αἰώνιον ἀποφῆναι παραλόγως οὔτε βουλήσεται ὁ θεὸς οὔτε δυνήσεται. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ πάντων τῶν ὄντων λόγος· οὐδὲν οὖν οἷός τε παράλογον οὐδὲ παρ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἐργάσασθαι.
5.15 Chapter XV
Observe, now, here at the very beginning, how, in ridiculing the doctrine of a conflagration of the world, held by certain of the Greeks who have treated the subject in a philosophic spirit not to be depreciated, he would make us, “representing God, as it were, as a cook, hold the belief in a general conflagration;” not perceiving that, as certain Greeks were of opinion (perhaps having received their information from the ancient nation of the Hebrews), it is a purificatory fire which is brought upon the world, and probably also on each one of those who stand in need of chastisement by the fire and healing at the same time, seeing it burns indeed, but does not consume, those who are without a material body, which needs to be consumed by that fire, and which burns and consumes those who by their actions, words, and thoughts have built up wood, or hay, or stubble, in that which is figuratively termed a “building.” And the holy Scriptures say that the Lord will, like a refiner’s fire and fullers’ soap, visit each one of those who require purification, because of the intermingling in them of a flood of wicked matter proceeding from their evil nature; who need fire, I mean, to refine, as it were, (the dross of) those who are intermingled with copper, and tin, and lead. And he who likes may learn this from the prophet Ezekiel. But that we say that God brings fire upon the world, not like a cook, but like a God, who is the benefactor of them who stand in need of the discipline of fire, will be testified by the prophet Isaiah, in whose writings it is related that a sinful nation was thus addressed: “Because thou hast coals of fire, sit upon them: they shall be to thee a help.” Now the Scripture is appropriately adapted to the multitudes of those who are to peruse it, because it speaks obscurely of things that are sad and gloomy, in order to terrify those who cannot by any other means be saved from the flood of their sins, although even then the attentive reader will clearly discover the end that is to be accomplished by these sad and painful punishments upon those who endure them. It is sufficient, however, for the present to quote the words of Isaiah: “For My name’s sake will I show Mine anger, and My glory I will bring upon thee, that I may not destroy thee.” We have thus been under the necessity of referring in obscure terms to questions not fitted to the capacity of simple believers, who require a simpler instruction in words, that we might not appear to leave unrefuted the accusation of Celsus, that “God introduces the fire (which is to destroy the world), as if He were a cook.”
Ὅρα δὴ ἐντεῦθεν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς πῶς τὴν καὶ παρ᾿ Ἑλλήνων τισὶν οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτως φιλοσοφήσασιν εἰσαγομένην τοῦ κόσμου ἐκπύρωσιν μετὰ χλεύης διαβάλλων θέλει ἡμᾶς ὡσπερεὶ μάγειρον ποιοῦντας τὸν θεὸν εἰσάγειν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως· οὐ συνιδὼν ὅτι, ὥσπερ Ἑλλήνων τισὶν ἔδοξε (τάχα παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχαιοτάτου ἔθνους Ἑβραίων λαβοῦσι), τὸ πῦρ καθάρσιον ἐπάγεται τῷ κόσμῳ εἰκὸς δ᾿ ὅτι καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν δεομένων τῆς διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς δίκης ἅμα καὶ ἰατρείας· καίοντος μὲν καὶ οὐ κατακαίοντος τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας ὕλην δεομένην ἀναλοῦσθαι ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνου τοῦ πυρὸς, καίοντος δὲ καὶ κατακαίοντος τοὺς ἐν τῇ διὰ τῶν πράξεων καὶ λόγων καὶ νοημάτων τροπικῶς λεγομένῃ οἰκοδομῇ „ξύλα, χόρτον ἢ καλάμην“ οἰκοδομήσαντας. φασὶ δ᾿ οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι τὸν κύριον „ὡς πῦρ χωνευτηρίου καὶ ὡς ποίαν πλυνόντων“ ἑκάστῳ τῶν δεομένων ἐπιδημήσειν διὰ τὸ ἀναμεμῖχθαι οἱονεὶ φαύλην χυτὴν ὕλην τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας, δεομένων δὲ λέγω πυρὸς, οἱονεὶ χωνεύοντος τοὺς ἀναμεμιγμένους „χαλκῷ“ „καὶ κασσιτέρῳ καὶ μολίβδῳ.“ καὶ ταῦτα τὸν βουλόμενον ἔστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰεζεκιὴλ μαθεῖν.
ὅτι δὲ οὐχ ὡς μάγειρόν φαμεν τὸ πῦρ ἐπιφέρειν τὸν θεὸν ἀλλ᾿ ὡς θεὸν εὐεργέτην τῶν χρῃζόντων πόνου καὶ πυρὸς, μαρτυρήσει καὶ ὁ προφήτης ῾Πσαΐας ἐν ᾧ γέγραπται λελέχθαι πρός τι ἔθνος ἁμαρτωλόν· „ὅτι ἔχεις ἄνθρακας πυρὸς, καθίσαι ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς· οὗτοι ἔσονταί σοι βοήθεια.“ οἰκονομούμενος δ᾿ ὁ λόγος ἁρμόζοντα πλήθεσιν ἐντευξομένοις τῇ γραφῇ ἐπικεκρυμμένως μετὰ σοφίας λέγει τὰ σκυθρωπὰ εἰς φόβον τῶν μὴ δυναμένων ἄλλως ἐπιστρέψειν ἀπὸ τῆς χύσεως τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· πλὴν καὶ οὕτως ὁ τηρῶν εὑρήσει ἐμφαινόμενον τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν σκυθρωπῶν καὶ ἐπιπόνων ἐπαγόμενον τοῖς ἀλγοῦσι τέλος. ἀρκεῖ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος παραθέσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου τό· „ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματος δείξω σοι τὸν θυμόν μου, καὶ τὰ ἔνδοξά μου ἐπάξω ἐπὶ σὲ, ἵνα μὴ ἐξολοθρεύσω σε.“ ἠναγκάσθημεν δὲ τὰ μὴ ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς ἁπλούστερον πιστεύουσι καὶ δεομένοις τῆς ἁπλουστέρας ἐν λόγοις οἰκονομίας αἰνίξασθαι, ἵνα μὴ δοκῶμεν ἀνεξέλεγκτον ἐᾶν τὴν τοῦ Κέλσου κατηγορίαν, λέγοντος· ἐπειδὰν ὁ θεὸς ὥσπερ μάγειρος ἐπενέγκῃ τὸ πῦρ.
5.16 Chapter XVI
From what has been said, it will be manifest to intelligent hearers how we have to answer the following: “All the rest of the race will be completely burnt up, and they alone will remain.” It is not to be wondered at, indeed, if such thoughts have been entertained by those amongst us who are called in Scripture the “foolish things” of the world, and “base things,” and “things which are despised,” and “things which are not,” because “by the foolishness of preaching it pleased God to save them that believe on Him, after that, in the wisdom of God, the world by wisdom knew not God,”—because such individuals are unable to see distinctly the sense of each particular passage, or unwilling to devote the necessary leisure to the investigation of Scripture, notwithstanding the injunction of Jesus, “Search the Scriptures.” The following, moreover, are his ideas regarding the fire which is to be brought upon the world by God, and the punishments which are to befall sinners. And perhaps, as it is appropriate to children that some things should be addressed to them in a manner befitting their infantile condition, to convert them, as being of very tender age, to a better course of life; so, to those whom the word terms “the foolish things of the world,” and “the base,” and “the despised,” the just and obvious meaning of the passages relating to punishments is suitable, inasmuch as they cannot receive any other mode of conversion than that which is by fear and the presentation of punishment, and thus be saved from the many evils (which would befall them). The Scripture accordingly declares that only those who are unscathed by the fire and the punishments are to remain,—those, viz., whose opinions, and morals, and mind have been purified to the highest degree; while, on the other hand, those of a different nature—those, viz., who, according to their deserts, require the administration of punishment by fire—will be involved in these sufferings with a view to an end which it is suitable for God to bring upon those who have been created in His image, but who have lived in opposition to the will of that nature which is according to His image. And this is our answer to the statement, “All the rest of the race will be completely burnt up, but they alone are to remain.”
Ἐκ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων τοῖς συνετώτερον ἀκούουσι δῆλον, πῶς ἀπαντητέον καὶ πρὸς τό· τὸ μὲν ἄλλο πᾶν ἐξοπτήσεσθαι γένος, αὐτοὺς δὲ μόνους διαμενεῖν. οὐ θαυμαστὸν δ᾿ εἰ τοιαῦτα νενόηκε „τὰ“ ἐν ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου „μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου“ ὀνομαζόμενα καὶ „ἀγενῆ“ καὶ „ἐξουδενωμένα“ καὶ „μὴ ὄντα,“ ἅτινα „διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς σῶσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας αὐτῷ, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ τῆς σοφίας τὸν θεὸν,“ οὐ δυνάμενα διαρθρῶσαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους οὐδὲ βουληθέντα σχολάσαι τῇ ἐρεύνῃ τῆς γραφῆς, καίτοι γε τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντος· „ἐρευνᾶτε τὰς γραφὰς,“ καὶ τοιαῦτα ὑπείληφε περὶ τοῦ ἐπαγομένου πυρὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν συμβησομένων τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι. καὶ τάχα ὥσπερ τοῖς παισὶν ἁρμόζει τινὰ λέγεσθαι κατάλληλα τῇ νηπιότητι αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ ὡς παῖδας κομιδῇ νηπίους ἐπιστρέφειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, οὕτως οἷς ὠνόμασεν ὁ λόγος μωροῖς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἀγενέσι καὶ ἐξουδενωμένοις ἡ πρόχειρος ἁρμόζει περὶ τῶν κολάσεων ἐκδοχὴ, οὐ χωροῦσιν ἄλλην ἢ τὴν διὰ φόβου καὶ φαντασίας τῶν κολάσεων ἐπιστροφὴν καὶ τῶν πολλῶν κακῶν ἀποχήν. ὁ λόγος οὖν μόνους μὲν ἀγεύστους τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῶν κολάσεών φησι διαμενεῖν τοὺς τὰ δόγματα καὶ τὰ ἤθη καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἄκρως κεκαθαρμένους· τοὺς δὲ μὴ τοιούτους, κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν χρῄζοντας τῆς διὰ πυρὸς κολάσεως οἰκονομίας, ἐν τούτοις ἐπί τινι τέλει φησὶν ἔσεσθαι, ὃ τῷ θεῷ ἁρμόζει ἐπάγειν τοῖς „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα“ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένοις καὶ παρὰ τὸ βούλημα τῆς „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα“ φύσεως βεβιωκόσι. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ πρὸς τό· τὸ μὲν ἄλλο πᾶν ἐξοπτήσεσθαι γένος, αὐτοὺς δὲ μόνους διαμενεῖν.
5.17 Chapter XVII
Then, in the next place, having either himself misunderstood the sacred Scriptures, or those (interpreters) by whom they were not understood, he proceeds to assert that “it is said by us that there will remain at the time of the visitation which is to come upon the world by the fire of purification, not only those who are then alive, but also those who are long ago dead;” not observing that it is with a secret kind of wisdom that it was said by the apostle of Jesus: “We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump; for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.” Now he ought to have noticed what was the meaning of him who uttered these words, as being one who was by no means dead, who made a distinction between himself and those like him and the dead, and who said afterwards, “The dead shall be raised incorruptible,” and “we shall be changed.” And as a proof that such was the apostle’s meaning in writing those words which I have quoted from the first Epistle to the Corinthians, I will quote also from the first to the Thessalonians, in which Paul, as one who is alive and awake, and different from those who are asleep, speaks as follows: “For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord, shall not prevent them who are asleep; for the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God.” Then, again, after this, knowing that there were others dead in Christ besides himself and such as he, he subjoins the words, “The dead in Christ shall rise first; then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air.”
Εἶτα τούτοις ἑξῆς παρακούσας ἤτοι τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων ἢ τῶν μὴ νενοηκότων τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματά φησιν ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν λέγεσθαι μόνους διαμενεῖν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ἐπαχθησομένου τῷ κόσμῳ διὰ πυρὸς καθαρσίου οὐ μόνον τοὺς ζῶντας τότε ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πάλαι ποτὲ ἀποθανόντας· οὐχ ὑπολαβὼν μετά τινος ἀποῤῥήτου σοφίας λελέχθαι παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τό· „οὐ πάντες κοιμηθησόμεθα, πάντες δὲ ἀλλαγησόμεθα ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι· σαλπίσει γὰρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται ἄφθαρτοι, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησόμεθα.“ ἐχρῆν δ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπιστῆσαι, τί νοήσας ὁ λέγων ταῦτα ὡς οὐδαμῶς νεκρὸς χωρίσας ἑαυτὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνων καὶ τοὺς παραπλησίους ἑαυτῷ ἔλεγε μετὰ τὸ „καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται ἄφθαρτοι“· „καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησόμεθα.“ εἰς δὲ βεβαίωσιν τοῦ τοιαῦτά τινα νενοηκότα τὸν ἀπόστολον γεγραφέναι. ἃ παρεθέμην ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Κορινθίους προτέρας, παραθήσομαι καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς προτέρας, ἐν ᾗ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος ὡς ζῶν καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς καὶ ἕτερος ὢν τῶν κοιμηθέντων τοιαῦτα· „τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας, ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ καταβήσεται ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ.“ εἶτα πάλιν ἑξῆς τούτοις ἄλλους ἐπιστάμενος τοὺς ἐν Χριστῷ νεκροὺς παρ᾿ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς παραπλησίους αὐτῷ ἐπιφέρει λέγων· „οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον, ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα.“
5.18 Chapter XVIII
But since he has ridiculed at great length the doctrine of the resurrection of the flesh, which has been preached in the Churches, and which is more clearly understood by the more intelligent believer; and as it is unnecessary again to quote his words, which have been already adduced, let us, with regard to the problem (as in an apologetic work directed against an alien from the faith, and for the sake of those who are still “children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive”), state and establish to the best of our ability a few points expressly intended for our readers. Neither we, then, nor the holy Scriptures, assert that with the same bodies, without a change to a higher condition, “shall those who were long dead arise from the earth and live again;” for in so speaking, Celsus makes a false charge against us. For we may listen to many passages of Scripture treating of the resurrection in a manner worthy of God, although it may suffice for the present to quote the language of Paul from the first Epistle to the Corinthians, where he says: “But some man will say, How are the dead raised up? and with what body do they come? Thou fool, that which thou sowest is not quickened, except it die. And that which thou sowest, thou sowest not that body that shall be, but bare grain, it may chance of wheat, or of some other grain; but God giveth it a body as it hath pleased Him, and to every seed his own body.” Now, observe how in these words he says that there is sown, “not that body that shall be;” but that of the body which is sown and cast naked into the earth (God giving to each seed its own body), there takes place as it were a resurrection: from the seed that was cast into the ground there arising a stalk, e.g., among such plants as the following, viz., the mustard plant, or of a larger tree, as in the olive, or one of the fruit-trees.
Ἐπεὶ δ᾿ ἐπὶ πλέον κεκωμῴδηκε τὴν κεκηρυγμένην μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν συνετωτέρων τρανότερον νενοημένην. καὶ οὐ χρὴ αὖθις ἐκτίθεσθαι τὴν λέξιν αὐτοῦ ἅπαξ προειρημένην· φέρε καὶ περὶ τοῦ προβλήματος τούτου. ὡς ἐν τῇ πρὸς ἀλλότριον τῆς πίστεως ἀπολογίᾳ γραφομένῃ διὰ τοὺς ἔτι νηπίους καὶ κλυδωνιζομένους καὶ περιφερομένους „παντὶ ἀνέμῳ διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ κυβείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, (ἐν πανουργίᾳ) πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης.“ ὀλίγα ἐστοχασμένως τῶν ἐντευξομένων κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν ἐκθώμεθα καὶ παραστήσωμεν. οὔτε μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς οὔτε τὰ θεῖα γράμματα αὐταῖς φησι σαρξὶ, μηδεμίαν μεταβολὴν ἀνειληφυίαις τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, ζήσεσθαι τοὺς πάλαι ἀποθανόντας, ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀναδύντας· ὁ δὲ Κέλσος ἡμᾶς συκοφαντεῖ ταῦτα λέγων. ἀκούομεν γὰρ καὶ πολλῶν γραφῶν περὶ ἀναστάσεως ἀξίως θεοῦ λεγουσῶν, ἀρκεῖ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τὴν Παύλου παραθέσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Κορινθίους προτέρας λέξιν, φάσκοντος· „ἀλλ᾿ ἐρεῖ τις· πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί; ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται; ἄφρον. σὺ ὃ σπείρεις οὐ ζωοποιεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ· καὶ ὃ σπερίρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον σπείρεις ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι, σίτου ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν· ὁ δὲ θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησε, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων ἴδιον σῶμα.“ ὅρα γὰρ τίνα τρόπον ἐν τούτοις „οὐ τὸ γενησόμενον σῶμά“ φησι σπείρεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπειρομένου καὶ γυμνοῦ βαλλομένου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν λέγει διδόντος τοῦ θεοῦ „ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων ἴδιον σῶμα“ οἱονεὶ ἀνάστασιν γίνεσθαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ καταβεβλημένου σπέρματος ἐγειρομένου στάχυος ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε, οἱονεὶ ἐν νάπυϊ ἢ ἐπὶ μείζονος δένδρου ἐν ἐλαίας πυρῆνι ἤ τινι τῶν ἀκροδρύων.
5.19 Chapter XIX
God, then, gives to each thing its own body as He pleases: as in the case of plants that are sown, so also in the case of those beings who are, as it were, sown in dying, and who in due time receive, out of what has been “sown,” the body assigned by God to each one according to his deserts. And we may hear, moreover, the Scripture teaching us at great length the difference between that which is, as it were, “sown,” and that which is, as it were, “raised” from it in these words: “It is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption; it is sown in dishonour, it is raised in glory; it is sown in weakness, it is raised in power; it is sown a natural body, it is raised a spiritual body.” And let him who has the capacity understand the meaning of the words: “As is the earthy, such are they also that are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such are they also that are heavenly. And as we have borne the image of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the heavenly.” And although the apostle wished to conceal the secret meaning of the passage, which was not adapted to the simpler class of believers, and to the understanding of the common people, who are led by their faith to enter on a better course of life, he was nevertheless obliged afterwards to say (in order that we might not misapprehend his meaning), after “Let us bear the image of the heavenly,” these words also: “Now this I say, brethren, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither doth corruption inherit incorruption.” Then, knowing that there was a secret and mystical meaning in the passage, as was becoming in one who was leaving, in his Epistles, to those who were to come after him words full of significance, he subjoins the following, “Behold, I show you a mystery;” which is his usual style in introducing matters of a profounder and more mystical nature, and such as are fittingly concealed from the multitude, as is written in the book of Tobit: “It is good to keep close the secret of a king, but honourable to reveal the works of God,”—in a way consistent with truth and God’s glory, and so as to be to the advantage of the multitude. Our hope, then, is not “the hope of worms, nor does our soul long for a body that has seen corruption;” for although it may require a body, for the sake of moving from place to place, yet it understands—as having meditated on the wisdom (that is from above), agreeably to the declaration, “The mouth of the righteous will speak wisdom”—the difference between the “earthly house,” in which is the tabernacle of the building that is to be dissolved, and that in which the righteous do groan, being burdened,—not wishing to “put off” the tabernacle, but to be “clothed therewith,” that by being clothed upon, mortality might be swallowed up of life. For, in virtue of the whole nature of the body being corruptible, the corruptible tabernacle must put on incorruption; and its other part, being mortal, and becoming liable to the death which follows sin, must put on immortality, in order that, when the corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and the mortal immortality, then shall come to pass what was predicted of old by the prophets,—the annihilation of the “victory” of death (because it had conquered and subjected us to his sway), and of its “sting,” with which it stings the imperfectly defended soul, and inflicts upon it the wounds which result from sin.
„Ὁ θεὸς“ οὖν „δίδωσιν“ „ἑκάστῳ“ „σῶμα, καθὼς ἐθέ λησεν,“ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν σπειρομένων οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν οἱονεὶ σπειρομένων ἐν τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν καὶ καιρῷ ἐπιτηδείῳ ἀναλαμβανόντων ἐκ τῶν σπειρομένων τὸ περιτιθέμενον ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν „σῶμα“ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀκούομεν δὲ καὶ τοῦ διὰ πλειόνων διδάσκοντος λόγου τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ οἱονεὶ σπειρομένου πρὸς τὸ ὡσπερεὶ ἐγειρόμενον ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγοντος· „σπείρεται ἐν φθορᾷ, ἐγείρεται ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ· σπείρεται ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ· σπείρεται ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δυνάμει· σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικὸν, ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευματικόν.“ ὁ δὲ δυνάμενος ἔτι καταλαμβανέτω, τί νενόηται τῷ λέγοντι· „οἷος ὁ χοϊκὸς, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ χοϊκοί· καὶ οἷος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ ἐπουράνιοι. καὶ καθὼς ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ, οὕτω φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου.“ καίτοι δὲ βουλόμενος κρύπτειν ὁ ἀπόστολος τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἀπόῤῥητα καὶ μὴ ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς ἁπλουστέροις καὶ τῇ πανδήμῳ ἀκοῇ τῶν διὰ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἀγομένων ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, ὅμως ἠναγκάσθη ὕστερον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παρακοῦσαι ἡμᾶς τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ εἰπεῖν μετὰ τὸ „φορέσωμεν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου“ τὸ „τοῦτο δέ φημι, ἀδελφοὶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδ᾿ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ.“ εἶτ᾿ ἐπιστάμενος ἀπόῤῥητόν τι καὶ μυστικὸν κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ὡς ἔπρεπε διὰ γραμμάτων καταλιπόντι τοῖς μετ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰ νενοημένα εἰρημένα ἐπιφέρει καὶ λέγει· „ἰδοὺ μυστήριον ὑμῖν λέγω,“ ὅ τι περ ἔθος ἐστὶν ἐπιφέρεσθαι τοῖς βαθυτέροις καὶ μυστικωτέροις καὶ καθηκόντως ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν κρυπτομένοις· ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ Τωβὴτ γέγραπται· „μυστήριον βασιλέως καλόν ἐστι κρύπτειν,“ πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἔνδοξον καὶ ἁρμόζον τοῖς πολλοῖς μετὰ τοῦ οἰκονομικῶς ἀληθοῦς „τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνακαλύπτειν ἐνδόξως“ „καλόν.“
οὐ σκωλήκων οὖν ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν οὐδὲ ποθεῖ ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ σεσηπὸς σῶμα, ἀλλὰ, κἂν δέηται σώματος διὰ τὰς τοπικὰς μεταβάσεις, νοεῖ ἡ μεμελετηκυῖα τὴν „σοφίαν“ κατὰ τὸ „στόμα δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν“ διαφορὰν ἐπιγείου οἰκίας, ἐν ᾗ ἐστι τὸ σκῆνος, καταλυομένης καὶ σκήνους, ἐν ᾧ „οἱ ὄντες“ δίκαιοι στενάζουσι „βαρούμενοι,“ μὴ θέλοντες τὸ σκῆνος ἀπεκδύσασθαι ἀλλὰ τῷ σκήνει „ἐπενδύσασθαι,“ ἵν᾿ ἐκ τοῦ „ἐπενδύσασθαι“ „καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς.“ „δεῖ γὰρ“ τῷ πᾶσαν φύσιν σώματος εἶναι φθαρτὴν „τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο“ σκῆνος „ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν,“ καὶ τὸ ἕτερον αὐτοῦ, τυγχάνον „θνητὸν“ καὶ δεκτικὸν τοῦ ἐπακολουθοῦντος τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν θανάτου, „ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν“· ἵν᾿, ὅτε „τὸ φθαρτὸν“ „ἐνδύσεται τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ τὸ θνητὸν τὴν ἀθανασίαν. τότε γενήσεται“ τὸ πάλαι ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν προειρημένον. ἀναίρεσις τῆς νίκης τοῦ θανάτου, καθὸ νικήσας ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ ὑπέταξε, καὶ τοῦ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κέντρου, ᾧ κεντῶν τὴν οὐ πάντῃ πεφραγμένην ψυχὴν ἐμποιεῖ αὐτῇ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τραύματα.
5.20 Chapter XX
But since our views regarding the resurrection have, as far as time would permit, been stated in part on the present occasion (for we have systematically examined the subject in greater detail in other parts of our writings); and as now we must by means of sound reasoning refute the fallacies of Celsus, who neither understands the meaning of our Scripture, nor has the capacity of judging that the meaning of our wise men is not to be determined by those individuals who make no profession of anything more than of a (simple) faith in the Christian system, let us show that men, not to be lightly esteemed on account of their reasoning powers and dialectic subtleties, have given expression to very absurd opinions. And if we must sneer at them as contemptible old wives’ fables, it is at them rather than at our narrative that we must sneer. The disciples of the Porch assert, that after a period of years there will be a conflagration of the world, and after that an arrangement of things in which everything will be unchanged, as compared with the former arrangement of the world. Those of them, however, who evinced their respect for this doctrine have said that there will be a change, although exceedingly slight, at the end of the cycle, from what prevailed during the preceding. And these men maintain, that in the succeeding cycle the same things will occur, and Socrates will be again the son of Sophroniscus, and a native of Athens; and Phænarete, being married to Sophroniscus, will again become his mother. And although they do not mention the word “resurrection,” they show in reality that Socrates, who derived his origin from seed, will spring from that of Sophroniscus, and will be fashioned in the womb of Phænarete; and being brought up at Athens, will practise the study of philosophy, as if his former philosophy had arisen again, and were to be in no respect different from what it was before. Anytus and Melitus, too, will arise again as accusers of Socrates, and the Council of Areopagus will condemn him to death! But what is more ridiculous still, is that Socrates will clothe himself with garments not at all different from those which he wore during the former cycle, and will live in the same unchanged state of poverty, and in the same unchanged city of Athens! And Phalaris will again play the tyrant, and his brazen bull will pour forth its bellowings from the voices of victims within, unchanged from those who were condemned in the former cycle! And Alexander of Pheræ, too, will again act the tyrant with a cruelty unaltered from the former time, and will condemn to death the same “unchanged” individuals as before. But what need is there to go into detail upon the doctrine held by the Stoic philosophers on such things, and which escapes the ridicule of Celsus, and is perhaps even venerated by him, since he regards Zeno as a wiser man than Jesus?
Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα περὶ ἀναστάσεως, ὡς ἐνεχώρει, ἀπὸ τοῦ μέρους ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος λέλεκται (συντέτακται γὰρ ἡμῖν περὶ ἀναστάσεως ἐν ἄλλοις, ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐξετάσασι τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον). τὰ δὲ τοῦ Κέλσου νῦν χρὴ κατὰ τὸ εὔλογον διαλαβεῖν, μήτε νοήσαντος τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν γεγραμμένον μήτε κρῖναι δυναμένου ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τὸ βούλημα τῶν σοφῶν ἐκείνων ἀνδρῶν νομίζειν πρεσβεύεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πλεῖον πίστεως μηδὲν ἐπαγγελλομένων τῆς πρὸς τὸν Χριστιανῶν λόγον· φέρε παραστήσωμεν ὅτι ἀνδράσιν οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτοις τῆς λογικῆς ἕνεκεν θεωρίας καὶ τῶν διαλεκτικῶν σκεμμάτων σφόδρα ἀπεμφαίνοντα λέλεκται. καὶ εἰ χρὴ μυχθίζειν ὡς ταπεινοὺς καὶ γραώδεις λόγους, ἐκείνους μᾶλλον χρὴ ἢ τοὺς ἡμετέρους.
φασὶ δὴ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς κατὰ περίοδον ἐκπύρωσιν τοῦ παντὸς γίνεσθαι καὶ ἑξῆς αὐτῇ διακόσμησιν, πάντ᾿ ἀπαράλλακτα ἔχουσαν ὡς πρὸς τὴν προτέραν διακόσμησιν. ὅσοι δ᾿ αὐτῶν ᾐδέσθησαν το δόγμα, ὀλίγην εἰρήκασι παραλλαγὴν καὶ σφόδρα βραχεῖαν γίνεσθαι κατὰ περίοδον τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς πρὸ αὐτῆς περιόδου. οὗτοι δ᾿ οἱ ἄνδρες φασὶ τῇ ἑξῆς περιόδῳ τοιαῦτα ἔσεσθαι, καὶ Σωκράτην μὲν πάλιν Σωφρονίσκου υἱὸν καὶ Ἀθηναῖον ἔσεσθαι, καὶ τὴν Φαιναρέτην γημαμένην Σωφρονίσκῳ πάλιν αὐτὸν γεννήσειν. κἂν μὴ ὀνομάζωσιν οὖν τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ὄνομα, τὸ πρᾶγμά γε δηλοῦσιν, ὅτι Σωκράτης ἀπὸ σπερμάτων ἀρξάμενος ἀναστήσεται τῶν Σωφρονίσκου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὑστέρᾳ Φαιναρέτης διαπλασθήσεται καὶ ἀνατραφεὶς Ἀθήνῃσι φιλοσοφήσει, οἱονεὶ καὶ τῆς πρότερον φιλοσοφίας ἀνισταμένης καὶ ὁμοίως ἀπαραλλάκτου τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐσομένης. καὶ Ἄνυτος δὲ καὶ Μέλητος ἀναστήσονται πάλιν Σωκράτους κατήγοροι, καὶ ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλὴ καταδικάσεται τὸν Σωκράτην. τὸ δὲ τούτων γελοιότερον, τὰ ἀπαράλλακτα ἱμάτια τοῖς ὡς πρὸς τὴν προτέραν περίοδον Σωκράτης ἐνδύσεται, ἐν ἀπαραλλάκτῳ πενίᾳ καὶ ἀπαραλλάκτῳ πόλει ταῖς Ἀθήναις τῇ πρὸς τὴν προτέραν περίοδον ἐσόμενος. καὶ Φάλαρις μὲν τυραννήσει πάλιν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος αὐτοῦ ταῦρος τῶν ἀπαραλλάκτων τῇ προτέρᾳ ἀνθρώπων περιόδῳ κατακριθέντων μυκήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἔνδον φωνῆς. Ἀλέξανδρός τε ὁ Φεραῖος πάλιν τυραννήσει, τὴν ἀπαράλλακτον ἔχων ὠμότητα τῇ προτέρᾳ καὶ τοὺς ἀπαραλλάκτους καταδικάζων ὡς καὶ τοὺς προτέρους. καὶ τί με δεῖ καταλέγειν τὸ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων δόγμα τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς πεφιλοσοφημένον καὶ μὴ γελώμενον ὑπὸ Κέλσου ἀλλὰ τάχα καὶ σεμνυνόμενον, ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ αὐτῷ ὁ Ζήνων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἶναι σοφώτερος;
5.21 Chapter XXI
The disciples of Pythagoras, too, and of Plato, although they appear to hold the incorruptibility of the world, yet fall into similar errors. For as the planets, after certain definite cycles, assume the same positions, and hold the same relations to one another, all things on earth will, they assert, be like what they were at the time when the same state of planetary relations existed in the world. From this view it necessarily follows, that when, after the lapse of a lengthened cycle, the planets come to occupy towards each other the same relations which they occupied in the time of Socrates, Socrates will again be born of the same parents, and suffer the same treatment, being accused by Anytus and Melitus, and condemned by the Council of Areopagus! The learned among the Egyptians, moreover, hold similar views, and yet they are treated with respect, and do not incur the ridicule of Celsus and such as he; while we, who maintain that all things are administered by God in proportion to the relation of the free-will of each individual, and are ever being brought into a better condition, so far as they admit of being so, and who know that the nature of our free-will admits of the occurrence of contingent events (for it is incapable of receiving the wholly unchangeable character of God), yet do not appear to say anything worthy of a testing examination.
Καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πυθαγόρου δὲ καὶ Πλάτωνος εἰ καὶ δοκοῦσιν ἄφθαρτον τηρεῖν τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς παραπλησίοις γε περιπίπτουσι. τῶν γὰρ ἀστέρων κατά τινας περιόδους τεταγμένας τοὺς αὐτοὺς σχηματισμοὺς καὶ σχέσεις πρὸς ἀλλήλους λαμβανόντων, πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ὁμοίως ἔχειν φασὶ τοῖς ὅτε τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα τῆς σχέσεως τῶν ἀστέρων περιεῖχεν ὁ κόσμος. ἀνάγκη τοίνυν κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον τῶν ἀστέρων ἐκ μακρᾶς περιόδου ἐλθόντων ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σχέσιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁποίαν εἶχον ἐπὶ Σωκράτους, πάλιν Σωκράτη γενέσθαι ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ παθεῖν, κατηγορούμενον ὑπὸ Ἀνύτου καὶ Μελήτου καὶ καταδικαζόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλῆς. καὶ Αἰγυπτίων δὲ οἱ λόγιοι τοιαῦτα παραδιδόντες σεμνοί εἰσι καὶ οὐ γελῶνται ὑπὸ Κέλσου καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, ἡμεῖς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς σχέσεως τῶν ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν ἑκάστου οἰκονομεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντες τὸ πᾶν καὶ ἀεὶ ἄγεσθαι κατὰ τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν φύσιν γινώσκοντες ἐνδεχομένου ἃ ἐνδέχεται (οὐ γὰρ δύναται χωρῆσαι τὸ πάντῃ ἄτρεπτον τοῦ θεοῦ) οὐ δοκοῦμεν ἄξια λέγειν βασάνου καὶ ἐξετάσεως:
5.22 Chapter XXII
Let no one, however, suspect that, in speaking as we do, we belong to those who are indeed called Christians, but who set aside the doctrine of the resurrection as it is taught in Scripture. For these persons cannot, so far as their principles apply, at all establish that the stalk or tree which springs up comes from the grain of wheat, or anything else (which was cast into the ground); whereas we, who believe that that which is “sown” is not “quickened” unless it die, and that there is sown not that body that shall be (for God gives it a body as it pleases Him, raising it in incorruption after it is sown in corruption; and after it is sown in dishonour, raising it in glory; and after it is sown in weakness, raising it in power; and after it is sown a natural body, raising it a spiritual),—we preserve both the doctrine of the Church of Christ and the grandeur of the divine promise, proving also the possibility of its accomplishment not by mere assertion, but by arguments; knowing that although heaven and earth, and the things that are in them, may pass away, yet His words regarding each individual thing, being, as parts of a whole, or species of a genus, the utterances of Him who was God the Word, who was in the beginning with God, shall by no means pass away. For we desire to listen to Him who said: “Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words shall not pass away.”
Μὴ ὑπονοείτω δέ τις ἡμᾶς ταῦτα λέγοντας ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνων εἶναι τῶν λεγομένων μὲν Χριστιανῶν ἀθετούντων δὲ τὸ περὶ ἀναστάσεως κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς δόγμα. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ τὸν οἱονεὶ ἀπὸ κόκκου „σίτου ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν“ ἀνιστάμενον στάχυν ἢ δένδρον οὐδαμῶς παραστῆσαι ἔχουσιν. ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ἀρέσκοντι ἑαυτῶν· ἡμεῖς δὲ πειθόμενοι ὅτι τὸ σπειρόμενον „οὐ ζωοποιεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ,“ “καὶ ὅτι „οὐ τὸ γενησόμενον σῶμα“ σπείρεται (ὁ γὰρ „θεὸς αὐτῷ δίδωσι σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησε,“ μετὰ τὸ σπαρῆναι „ἐν φθορᾷ“ ἐγείρων αὐτὸ „ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ“ καὶ μετὰ τὸ σπαρῆναι „ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ“ ἐγείρων αὐτὸ „ἐν δόξῃ“ καὶ μετὰ τὸ σπαρῆναι „ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ“ ἐγείρων αὐτὸ „ἐν δυνάμει“ καὶ μετὰ τὸ σπαρῆναι „σῶμα ψυχικὸν“ ἐγείρων αὐτὸ „πνευματικὸν“), τηροῦμεν καὶ τὸ βούλημα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τοῦ θεοῦ, παριστάντες αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ δυνατὸν οὐκ ἀποφάσει ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγῳ· εἰδότες ὅτι κἂν „οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ“ παρέλθῃ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾿ οἱ περὶ ἑκάστου „λόγοι“ ὄντες ὡς ἐν ὅλῳ μέρη ἢ ὡς ἐν γένει εἴδη τοῦ „ἐν ἀρχῇ“ λόγου „πρὸς τὸν θεὸν“ θεοῦ λόγου οὐδαμῶς παρελεύσονται. θέλομεν γὰρ ἀκούειν τοῦ εἰπόντος· „ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν.“
5.23 Chapter XXIII
We, therefore, do not maintain that the body which has undergone corruption resumes its original nature, any more than the grain of wheat which has decayed returns to its former condition. But we do maintain, that as above the grain of wheat there arises a stalk, so a certain power is implanted in the body, which is not destroyed, and from which the body is raised up in incorruption. The philosophers of the Porch, however, in consequence of the opinions which they hold regarding the unchangeableness of things after a certain cycle, assert that the body, after undergoing complete corruption, will return to its original condition, and will again assume that first nature from which it passed into a state of dissolution, establishing these points, as they think, by irresistible arguments. We, however, do not betake ourselves to a most absurd refuge, saying that with God all things are possible; for we know how to understand this word “all” as not referring either to things that are “non-existent” or that are inconceivable. But we maintain, at the same time, that God cannot do what is disgraceful, since then He would be capable of ceasing to be God; for if He do anything that is disgraceful, He is not God. Since, however, he lays it down as a principle, that “God does not desire what is contrary to nature,” we have to make a distinction, and say that if any one asserts that wickedness is contrary to nature, while we maintain that “God does not desire what is contrary to nature,”—either what springs from wickedness or from an irrational principle,—yet, if such things happen according to the word and will of God, we must at once necessarily hold that they are not contrary to nature. Therefore things which are done by God, although they may be, or may appear to some to be incredible, are not contrary to nature. And if we must press the force of words, we would say that, in comparison with what is generally understood as “nature,” there are certain things which are beyond its power, which God could at any time do; as, e.g., in raising man above the level of human nature, and causing him to pass into a better and more divine condition, and preserving him in the same, so long as he who is the object of His care shows by his actions that he desires (the continuance of His help).
Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν οὔ φαμεν τὸ διαφθαρὲν σῶμα ἐπανέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φύσιν, ὡς οὐδὲ τὸν διαφθαρέντα „κόκκον“ τοῦ „σίτου“ ἐπανέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν „κόκκον“ τοῦ „σίτου.“ λέγομεν γὰρ, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ κόκκου τοῦ „σίτου“ ἐγείρεται στάχυς. οὕτως λόγος τις ἔγκειται τῷ σώματι, ἀφ᾿ οὗ μὴ φθειρομένου „ἐγείρεται“ τὸ σῶμα „ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ.“ οἱ μέντοι ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς τὸ πάντῃ διαφθαρὲν σῶμά φασιν ἐπανέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φύσιν διὰ τὰ δεδογμένα αὐτοῖς περὶ τῶν κατὰ περίοδον ἀπαραλλάκτων, καὶ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην, ἐξ ἧς ἐλύθη, τὴν πρώτην σύστασιν πάλιν φασὶ συστήσεσθαι, διαλεκτικαῖς (ὡς οἴονται) ἀνάγκαις ταῦτα παριστάντες. καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἀτοπωτάτην γε ἀναχώρησιν ἀναχωροῦμεν λέγοντες ὅτι πᾶν δυνατὸν τᾷ θεῷ· οἴδαμεν γὰρ ἀκούειν τοῦ πᾶν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνυπάρκτων οὐδ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδιανοήτων. φαμὲν δὲ καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύναται αἰσχρὰ ὁ θεὸς, ἐπεὶ ἔσται ὁ θεὸς δυνάμενος μὴ εἶναι θεός· εἰ γὰρ αἰσχρόν τι δρᾷ θεὸς, οὐκ ἔστι θεός.
ἐπεὶ δὲ τίθησιν ὅτι καὶ τὰ παρὰ φύσιν ὁ θεὸς οὐ βούλεται, διαστελλόμεθα τὸ λεγόμενον· ὅτι εἰ μὲν παρὰ φύσιν τὴν κακίαν τις λέγει, καὶ ἡμεῖς λέγομεν ὅτι οὐ βούλεται τὰ παρὰ φύσιν ὁ θεὸς, οὔτε τὰ ἀπὸ κακίας οὔτε τὰ ἀλόγως γινόμενα· εἰ δὲ τὰ κατὰ λόγον θεοῦ καὶ βούλησιν αὐτοῦ γινόμενα, ἀναγκαῖον εὐθέως εἶναι μὴ παρὰ φύσιν· οὐ (γὰρ) παρὰ φύσιν τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, κἂν παράδοξα ᾖ ἢ δοκοῦντά τισι παράδοξα. εἰ δὲ χρὴ βεβιασμένως ὀνομάσαι, ἐροῦμεν ὅτι ὡς πρὸς τὴν κοινοτέραν νοουμένην φύσιν ἐστί τινα ὑπὲρ τὴν φύσιν, ἃ ποιήσαι ἄν ποτε θεὸς, ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἀναβιβάζων τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ποιῶν αὐτὸν μεταβάλλειν ἐπὶ φύσιν κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν καὶ τηρῶν τοιοῦτον, ὅσον καὶ ὁ τηρούμενος δι᾿ ὧν πράττει παρίστησιν ὅτι βούλεται.
5.24 Chapter XXIV
Moreover, as we have already said that for God to desire anything unbecoming Himself would be destructive of His existence as Deity, we will add that if man, agreeably to the wickedness of his nature, should desire anything that is abominable, God cannot grant it. And now it is from no spirit of contention that we answer the assertions of Celsus; but it is in the spirit of truth that we investigate them, as assenting to his view that “He is the God, not of inordinate desires, nor of error and disorder, but of a nature just and upright,” because He is the source of all that is good. And that He is able to provide an eternal life for the soul we acknowledge; and that He possesses not only the “power,” but the “will.” In view, therefore, of these considerations, we are not at all distressed by the assertion of Heraclitus, adopted by Celsus, that “dead bodies are to be cast out as more worthless than dung;” and yet, with reference even to this, one might say that dung, indeed, ought to be cast out, while the dead bodies of men, on account of the soul by which they were inhabited, especially if it had been virtuous, ought not to be cast out. For, in harmony with those laws which are based upon the principles of equity, bodies are deemed worthy of sepulture, with the honours accorded on such occasions, that no insult, so far as can be helped, may be offered to the soul which dwelt within, by casting forth the body (after the soul has departed) like that of the animals. Let it not then be held, contrary to reason, that it is the will of God to declare that the grain of wheat is not immortal, but the stalk which springs from it, while the body which is sown in corruption is not, but that which is raised by Him in incorruption. But according to Celsus, God Himself is the reason of all things, while according to our view it is His Son, of whom we say in philosophic language, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God;” while in our judgment also, God cannot do anything which is contrary to reason, or contrary to Himself.
Ἅπαξ δ᾿ εἰπόντες ὅτι οὐδὲν μὴ πρέπον ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς βούλεται, ἀναιρετικὸν τυγχάνον τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν θεὸν, φήσομεν ὅτι, ἐάν τι κατὰ τὴν μοχθηρίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἄνθρωπος βδελυρὸν βούληται, τοῦτο οὐ δυνήσεται ὁ θεός. οὕτω δὲ οὐκ ἐσμὲν φιλόνεικοι πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Κέλσου λεγόμενα, ἀλλὰ φιλαλήθως αὐτὰ ἐξετάζοντες συμφήσομεν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι τῆς πλημμελοῦς ὀρέξεως οὐδὲ τῆς πεπλανημένης ἀκοσμίας ἀλλὰ τῆς ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας φύσεως ὁ θεὸς, ἅτε ἀρχηγέτης τυγχάνων παντὸς καλοῦ· καὶ ἄλλο ὅτι ψυχῆς αἰώνιον βιοτὴν δύναται παρασχεῖν ὁμολογοῦμεν, καὶ οὐ μόνον δύναται ἀλλὰ καὶ παρέχει. οὐδὲν δὲ μάλιστα διὰ τὰ προειρημένα λυπεῖ ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ τὸ ὑπὸ Ἡρακλείτου λεγόμενον, ὅπερ Κέλσος παρείληφεν, ὅτι „νέκυές εἰσι κοπρίων ἐκβλητότεροι“· καίτοι γε εἴποι τις ἂν καὶ περὶ τούτου ὅτι τὰ μὲν κόπρια ἐκβλητά ἐστιν, οἱ δ᾿ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου νέκυες διὰ τὴν ἐνοικήσασαν ψυχὴν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν ᾖ ἀστειοτέρα, οὐκ ἐκβλητοί. κατὰ γὰρ τοὺς ἀστειοτέρους τῶν νόμων μετὰ τῆς ἐνδεχομένης ὡς πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα τιμῆς ταφῆς ἀξιοῦνται· ἵνα μὴ ὑβρίζωμεν τῇ δυνάμει τὴν ἐνοικήσασαν ψυχὴν, ἀποῤῥιπτοῦντες μετὰ τὸ ἐξελθεῖν ἐκείνην τὸ σῶμα ὡς καὶ τὰ τῶν κτηνῶν σώματα. μὴ βουλέσθω οὖν ὁ θεὸς παραλόγως αἰώνιον ἀποφῆναι μήτε τὸν τοῦ „σίτου“ „κόκκον“ ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἄρα τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ στάχυν, μηδὲ τὸ σπειρόμενον „ἐν φθορᾷ“ ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐγειρόμενον „ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τῶν πάντων λόγος ἐστὶ κατὰ μὲν Κέλσον αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς, κατὰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ· περὶ οὗ φιλοσοφοῦντες λέγομεν τό· „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς οὐδὲν οἷός τε παράλογον οὐδὲ παρ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἐργάσασθαί ἐστιν ὁ θεός.
5.25 Chapter XXV
Let us next notice the statements of Celsus, which follow the preceding, and which are as follow: “As the Jews, then, became a peculiar people, and enacted laws in keeping with the customs of their country, and maintain them up to the present time, and observe a mode of worship which, whatever be its nature, is yet derived from their fathers, they act in these respects like other men, because each nation retains its ancestral customs, whatever they are, if they happen to be established among them. And such an arrangement appears to be advantageous, not only because it has occurred to the mind of other nations to decide some things differently, but also because it is a duty to protect what has been established for the public advantage; and also because, in all probability, the various quarters of the earth were from the beginning allotted to different superintending spirits, and were thus distributed among certain governing powers, and in this manner the administration of the world is carried on. And whatever is done among each nation in this way would be rightly done, wherever it was agreeable to the wishes (of the superintending powers), while it would be an act of impiety to get rid of the institutions established from the beginning in the various places.” By these words Celsus shows that the Jews, who were formerly Egyptians, subsequently became a “peculiar people,” and enacted laws which they carefully preserve. And not to repeat his statements, which have been already before us, he says that it is advantageous to the Jews to observe their ancestral worship, as other nations carefully attend to theirs. And he further states a deeper reason why it is of advantage to the Jews to cultivate their ancestral customs, in hinting dimly that those to whom was allotted the office of superintending the country which was being legislated for, enacted the laws of each land in co-operation with its legislators. He appears, then, to indicate that both the country of the Jews, and the nation which inhabits it, are superintended by one or more beings, who, whether they were one or more, co-operated with Moses, and enacted the laws of the Jews.
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς τοῦ Κέλσου λέξιν, οὕτως ἔχουσαν· Ἰουδαῖοι μὲν οὖν ἔθνος ἴδιον γενόμενοι καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐπιχώριον νόμους θέμενοι καὶ τούτους ἐν σφίσιν ἔτι νῦν περιστέλλοντες καὶ θρησκείαν ὁποίαν δὴ, πάτριον δ᾿ οὖν, φυλάσσοντες ὅμοια τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις δρῶσιν, ὅτι ἕκαστοι τὰ πάτρια, ὁποῖά ποτ᾿ ἂν τύχῃ (καθεστηκότα), περιέπουσι. δοκεῖ δ᾿ οὕτως καὶ συμφέρειν, οὐ μόνον καθότι ἐπὶ νοῦν ἦλθεν ἄλλοις ἄλλως νομίσαι καὶ δεῖ φυλάττειν τὰ ἐς κοινὸν κεκυρωμένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ὡς εἰκὸς τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλα ἄλλοις ἐπόπταις νενεμημένα καὶ κατά τινας ἐπικρατείας διειλημμένα ταύτῃ καὶ διοικεῖται. καὶ δὴ τὰ παρ᾿ ἑκάστοις ὀρθῶς ἂν πράττοιτο ταύτῃ δρώμενα, ὅπῃ ἐκείνοις φίλον· παραλύειν δὲ οὐχ ὅσιον εἶναι τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατὰ τόπους νενομισμένα. ἐν τούτοις δὴ ὁ Κέλσος ἐμφαίνει ὅτι οἱ πάλαι Αἰγύπτιοι Ἰουδαῖοι ὕστερον ἔθνος ἐγίνοντο ἴδιον, καὶ νόμους θέμενοι τούτους περιστέλλουσι. καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἐπαναλάβωμεν τὰς ἐκκειμένας τοῦ Κέλσου λέξεις, φησὶ καὶ συμφέρειν τούτοις τὰ πάτρια θρησκεύειν ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔθνεσι τὰ ἴδια περιέπουσι. καὶ βαθυτέραν τινὰ ἐκτίθεται περὶ τοῦ συμφέρειν Ἰουδαίοις περιέπειν τὰ πάτρια αἰτίαν, αἰνισσόμενος ὅτι τοὺς ἑκάστων νόμους οἱ λαχόντες ἐπόπται εἶναι τῆς γῆς τῶν νομοθετουμένων συνεργοῦντες τοῖς νομοθέταις ἔθεντο. ἔοικεν οὖν δηλοῦν ὅτι καὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίων χώραν καὶ τὸ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἔθνος ἐποπτεύει τις ἤ τινες, ὑφ᾿ οὗ ἢ ὑφ᾿ ὧν οἱ Ἰουδαίων νόμοι συνεργοῦντος ἢ συνεργούντων Μωϋσεῖ ἐτέθησαν.
5.26 Chapter XXVI
“We must,” he says, “observe the laws, not only because it has occurred to the mind of others to decide some things differently, but because it is a duty to protect what has been enacted for the public advantage, and also because, in all probability, the various quarters of the earth were from the beginning allotted to different superintending spirits, and were distributed among certain governing powers, and in this manner the administration of the world is carried on.” Thus Celsus, as if he had forgotten what he had said against the Jews, now includes them in the general eulogy which he passes upon all who observe their ancestral customs, remarking: “And whatever is done among each nation in this way, would be rightly done whenever agreeable to the wishes (of the superintendents).” And observe here, whether he does not openly, so far as he can, express a wish that the Jew should live in the observance of his own laws, and not depart from them, because he would commit an act of impiety if he apostatized; for his words are: “It would be an act of impiety to get rid of the institutions established from the beginning in the various places.” Now I should like to ask him, and those who entertain his views, who it was that distributed the various quarters of the earth from the beginning among the different superintending spirits; and especially, who gave the country of the Jews, and the Jewish people themselves, to the one or more superintendents to whom it was allotted? Was it, as Celsus would say, Jupiter who assigned the Jewish people and their country to a certain spirit or spirits? And was it his wish, to whom they were thus assigned, to enact among them the laws which prevail, or was it against his will that it was done? You will observe that, whatever be his answer, he is in a strait. But if the various quarters of the earth were not allotted by some one being to the various superintending spirits, then each one at random, and without the superintendence of a higher power, divided the earth according to chance; and yet such a view is absurd, and destructive in no small degree of the providence of the God who presides over all things.
Καὶ χρὴ, φησὶ, τοὺς νόμους τηρεῖν, οὐ μόνον καθότι ἐπὶ νοῦν ἦλθεν ἄλλοις ἄλλως νομίσαι καὶ ὅτι δεῖ φυλάσσειν τὰ ἐς κοινὸν κεκυρωμένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ὡς εἰκὸς τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλα ἄλλοις ἐπόπταις νενεμημένα καὶ κατά τινας ἐπικρατείας διειλημμένα ταύτῃ καὶ διοικεῖται. εἶθ᾿ ὡσπερεὶ ἐπιλαθόμενος ὁ Κέλσος ὧν εἶπε κατὰ Ἰουδαίων, νῦν ἐν τῷ καθολικῷ περὶ πάντων τῶν τὰ πάτρια τηρούντων ἐπαίνῳ καὶ τούτους περιλαμβάνει λέγων· καὶ δὴ τὰ παρ᾿ ἑκάστοις ὀρθῶς ἂν πράττοιτο ταύτῃ δρώμενα, ὅπῃ ἐκείνοις φίλον. καὶ ὅρα εἰ μὴ ἄντικρυς τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις νόμοις βούλεται βιοῦντα μὴ ἀφίστασθαι αὐτῶν, ὡς οὐχ ὅσιον πράττοντα, ἐὰν ἀποστῇ· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι παραλύειν οὐχ ὅσιον εἶναι τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατὰ τόπους νενομισμένα.
ἐβουλόμην δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα αὐτοῦ ἢ τῶν συμφρονούντων αὐτῷ πυθέσθαι, τίς ἄρα εἴη ὁ τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλα ἄλλοις ἐπόπταις διανείμας καὶ δηλονότι τὴν Ἰουδαίων χώραν καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τῷ λαχόντι ἢ τοῖς λαχοῦσιν αὐτήν. ἆρα γὰρ. ὡς ὀνομάσαι ἂν ὁ Κέλσος, ὁ Ζεύς τινι ἤ τισι διένειμε τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος καὶ τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβούλετο τὸν λαχόντα τὴν Ἰουδαίαν τοιούτους θέσθαι ἐν Ἰουδαίοις νόμους; ἢ παρὰ τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ τὸ τοιοῦτον γεγένηται; ὡς δ᾿ ἂν ἀποκρίνηται. ὁρᾷς ὅτι ὁ λόγος στενοχωρηθήσεται. εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀπό τινος ἑνὸς διανενέμηται τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς τοῖς ἐπόπταις αὐτῶν, ἄρα ἀποκληρωτικῶς καὶ χωρὶς ἐπιστάτου ἕκαστος ὡς ἔτυχε διενείματο τὴν γῆν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἄτοπον καὶ μετρίως τῆς τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ προνοίας ἀναιρετικόν ἐστι.
5.27 Chapter XXVII
Any one, indeed, who chooses, may relate how the various quarters of the earth, being distributed among certain governing powers, are administered by those who superintend them; but let him tell us also how what is done among each nation is done rightly when agreeable to the wishes of the superintendents. Let him, for example, tell us whether the laws of the Scythians, which permit the murder of parents, are right laws; or those of the Persians, which do not forbid the marriages of sons with their mothers, or of daughters with their own fathers. But what need is there for me to make selections from those who have been engaged in the business of enacting laws among the different nations, and to inquire how the laws are rightly enacted among each, according as they please the superintending powers? Let Celsus, however, tell us how it would be an act of impiety to get rid of those ancestral laws which permit the marriages of mothers and daughters; or which pronounce a man happy who puts an end to his life by hanging, or declare that they undergo entire purification who deliver themselves over to the fire, and who terminate their existence by fire; and how it is an act of impiety to do away with those laws which, for example, prevail in the Tauric Chersonese, regarding the offering up of strangers in sacrifice to Diana, or among certain of the Libyan tribes regarding the sacrifice of children to Saturn. Moreover, this inference follows from the dictum of Celsus, that it is an act of impiety on the part of the Jews to do away with those ancestral laws which forbid the worship of any other deity than the Creator of all things. And it will follow, according to his view, that piety is not divine by its own nature, but by a certain (external) arrangement and appointment. For it is an act of piety among certain tribes to worship a crocodile, and to eat what is an object of adoration among other tribes; while, again, with others it is a pious act to worship a calf, and among others, again, to regard the goat as a god. And, in this way, the same individual will be regarded as acting piously according to one set of laws, and impiously according to another; and this is the most absurd result that can be conceived!
Πῶς δὲ καὶ κατὰ τίνας ἐπικρατείας διειλημμένα τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς διοικεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν ἐποπτευόντων αὐτὰ, ὁ βουλόμενος διηγησάσθω· ἀπαγγειλάτω δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ πῶς ὀρθῶς πράττεται τὰ παρ᾿ ἑκάστοις δρώμενα, ὅπῃ τοῖς ἐπόπταις ἐστὶ φίλον, καὶ εἰ ὀρθῶς ἔχουσι φέρ᾿ εἰπεῖν οἱ Σκυθῶν περὶ ἀναιρέσεως πατέρων νόμοι ἢ οἱ Περσῶν, μὴ κωλύοντες γαμεῖσθαι τοῖς (οἰκείοις) παισὶ τὰς μητέρας μηδὲ ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων τὰς ἑαυτῶν θυγατέρας. καὶ τί με δεῖ ἐπιλεγόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν πραγματευσαμένων περὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς διαφόροις ἔθνεσι νόμων προσαπορεῖν, πῶς παρ᾿ ἑκάστοις ὀρθῶς πράττονται, καθὼς τοῖς ἐπόπταις φίλον, οἱ νόμοι; λεγέτω δ᾿ ἡμῖν ὁ Κέλσος, πῶς οὐχ ὅσιον παραλύειν νόμους πατρίους περὶ τοῦ γαμεῖν μητέρας καὶ θυγατέρας. ἢ περὶ τοῦ μακάριον εἶναι ἀγχόνῃ τὸν βίον ἐξελθεῖν, ἢ πάντως καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἑαυτοὺς παραδιδόντας τῷ πυρὶ καὶ τῇ διὰ πυρὸς ἀπαλλαγῇ τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ βίου· καὶ πῶς οὐχ ὅσιον παραλύειν νόμους τοὺς φέρ᾿ εἰπεῖν παρὰ Ταύροις περὶ τοῦ ἱερεῖα τοὺς ξένους προσάγεσθαι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι, ἢ παρὰ Λιβύων τισὶ περὶ τοῦ καταθύειν τὰ τέκνα τῷ Κρόνῳ. πλὴν ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ Κέλσῳ τὸ μὴ ὅσιον εἶναι Ἰουδαίοις παραλύειν νόμους πατρίους τοὺς περὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν ἄλλον τινὰ σέβειν θεὸν παρὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργόν. καὶ ἔσται κατ᾿ αὐτὸν οὐ φύσει τὸ ὅσιον ἀλλά τινι θέσει καὶ νομίσει θεῖον· ὅσιον γὰρ παρὰ τοῖσδε μὲν σέβειν κροκόδειλον καὶ ἐσθίειν τῶν παρ᾿ ἄλλοις τι προσκυνουμένων, καὶ ὅσιον ἑτέροις τὸ σέβειν τὸν μόσχον, καὶ παρ᾿ ἄλλοις τὸν τράγον νομίζειν θεόν. οὕτως δ᾿ ἔσται (ὁ) αὐτὸς ὅσια μὲν ποιῶν ὡς πρὸς τούσδε τοὺς νόμους, ἀνόσια δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἑτέρους· ὅπερ ἐστὶ πάντων ἀτοπώτατον.
5.28 Chapter XXVIII
It is probable, however, that to such remarks as the above, the answer returned would be, that he was pious who kept the laws of his own country, and not at all chargeable with impiety for the non-observance of those of other lands; and that, again, he who was deemed guilty of impiety among certain nations was not really so, when he worshipped his own gods, agreeably to his country’s laws, although he made war against, and even feasted on, those who were regarded as divinities among those nations which possessed laws of an opposite kind. Now, observe here whether these statements do not exhibit the greatest confusion of mind regarding the nature of what is just, and holy, and religious; since there is no accurate definition laid down of these things, nor are they described as having a peculiar character of their own, and stamping as religious those who act according to their injunctions. If, then, religion, and piety, and righteousness belong to those things which are so only by comparison, so that the same act may be both pious and impious, according to different relations and different laws, see whether it will not follow that temperance also is a thing of comparison, and courage as well, and prudence, and the other virtues, than which nothing could be more absurd! What we have said, however, is sufficient for the more general and simple class of answers to the allegations of Celsus. But as we think it likely that some of those who are accustomed to deeper investigation will fall in with this treatise, let us venture to lay down some considerations of a profounder kind, conveying a mystical and secret view respecting the original distribution of the various quarters of the earth among different superintending spirits; and let us prove to the best of our ability, that our doctrine is free from the absurd consequences enumerated above.
Ἀλλ᾿ εἰκὸς ὅτι φήσουσι πρὸς ταῦτα ὅσιον εἶναι τὸν τὰ πάτρια φυλάττοντα καὶ μηδαμῶς ἀνόσιον, ἐπεὶ μὴ (καὶ) τὰ ἑτέρων οὐ τηρεῖ· πάλιν τε αὖ τὸν νομισθέντα ἀνόσιον εἶναι παρὰ τοῖσδέ τισι μὴ εἶναι ἀνόσιον, ὅταν κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τὰ μὲν ἴδια σέβῃ τὰ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἐναντίους ἔχουσι νόμους προσπολεμῇ καὶ καταθοινᾶται. ταῦτα δὲ ὅρα εἰ μὴ πολλὴν ἐμφαίνει τὴν περὶ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ ὁσίου καὶ εὐσεβείας ταραχὴν, οὐ διαρθρουμένης οὐδὲ φύσιν τινὰ ἰδίαν ἐχούσης καὶ εὐσεβεῖς εἶναι χαρακτηριζούσης τοὺς τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτὴν πράττοντας. εἴπερ οὖν ἡ εὐσέβεια καὶ ἡ ὁσιότης καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη τῶν πρός τι ἐστὶν, ὡς τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι ὅσιον καὶ ἀνόσιον παρὰ τὰς διαφόρους σχέσεις καὶ τοὺς νόμους, ὅρα εἰ μὴ καὶ ἡ σωφροσύνη τῶν πρός τι ἀκολούθως ἔσται καὶ ἡ ἀνδρεία καὶ ἡ φρόνησις καὶ ἡ ἐπιστήμη καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ ἀρεταί· ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη ἀτοπώτερον.
ἁπλούστερον μὲν οὖν καὶ κοινότερον ἱσταμένοις πρὸς τὰς Κέλσου ἐκκειμένας λέξεις αὐτάρκη τὰ εἰρημένα· ἐπεὶ δὲ νομίζομεν καὶ τῶν ἐξεταστικωτέρων τινὰς ἐντεύξεσθαι τῇδε τῇ γραφῇ, φέρε ὀλίγα τῶν βαθυτέρων παρακινδυνεύοντες ἐκθώμεθα, ἔχοντά τινα μυστικὴν καὶ ἀπόῤῥητον θεωρίαν, περὶ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλα ἄλλοις ἐπόπταις νενεμῆσθαι χωρία τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς· καὶ τῶν κατειλεγμένων ἀτόπων φέρε ὅση δύναμις καθαρὸν παραστήσωμεν τὸν λόγον.
5.29 Chapter XXIX
It appears to me, indeed, that Celsus has misunderstood some of the deeper reasons relating to the arrangement of terrestrial affairs, some of which are touched upon even in Grecian history, when certain of those who are considered to be gods are introduced as having contended with each other about the possession of Attica; while in the writings of the Greek poets also, some who are called gods are represented as acknowledging that certain places here are preferred by them before others. The history of barbarian nations, moreover, and especially that of Egypt, contains some such allusions to the division of the so-called Egyptian homes, when it states that Athena, who obtained Saïs by lot, is the same who also has possession of Attica. And the learned among the Egyptians can enumerate innumerable instances of this kind, although I do not know whether they include the Jews and their country in this division. And now, so far as testimonies outside the word of God bearing on this point are concerned, enough have been adduced for the present. We say, moreover, that our prophet of God and His genuine servant Moses, in his song in the book of Deuteronomy, makes a statement regarding the portioning out of the earth in the following terms: “When the Most High divided the nations, when He dispersed the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the people according to the number of the angels of God; and the portion was His people Jacob, and Israel the cord of His inheritance.” And regarding the distribution of the nations, the same Moses, in his work entitled Genesis, thus expresses himself in the style of a historical narrative: “And the whole earth was of one language and of one speech; and it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and they dwelt there.” A little further on he continues: “And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men had built. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they have begun to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them which they have imagined to do. Go to, let Us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech. And the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city and the tower. Therefore is the name of it called Confusion; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.” In the treatise of Solomon, moreover, on “Wisdom,” and on the events at the time of the confusion of languages, when the division of the earth took place, we find the following regarding Wisdom: “Moreover, the nations in their wicked conspiracy being confounded, she found out the righteous, and preserved him blameless unto God, and kept him strong in his tender compassion towards his son.” But on these subjects much, and that of a mystical kind, might be said; in keeping with which is the following: “It is good to keep close the secret of a king,”—in order that the doctrine of the entrance of souls into bodies (not, however, that of the transmigration from one body into another) may not be thrown before the common understanding, nor what is holy given to the dogs, nor pearls be cast before swine. For such a procedure would be impious, being equivalent to a betrayal of the mysterious declarations of God’s wisdom, of which it has been well said: “Into a malicious soul wisdom shall not enter, nor dwell in a body subject to sin.” It is sufficient, however, to represent in the style of a historic narrative what is intended to convey a secret meaning in the garb of history, that those who have the capacity may work out for themselves all that relates to the subject. (The narrative, then, may be understood as follows.)
Δοκεῖ δή μοι παρακηκοέναι τινῶν ὁ Κέλσος περὶ τῆς διανεμήσεως τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς μυστικωτέρων λόγων, ὧν ἐφάπτεται μέν πως καὶ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ ἱστορία, εἰσαγαγοῦσά τινας τῶν νομιζομένων θεῶν περὶ τῆς Ἀττικῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμιλλῆσθαι, ποιοῦσα δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς τινας τῶν λεγομένων θεῶν ὁμολογεῖν τινας τόπους οἰκειοτέρους αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡ βαρβαρικὴ δὲ ἱστορία καὶ μάλιστα ἡ Αἰγυπτίων τοιαῦτά τινα ἐμφαίνει περὶ τοῦ μερισμοῦ τῶν τῆς Αἰγύπτου καλουμένων νομῶν, λέγουσα ὅτι ἡ λαχοῦσα τὴν Σάϊν Ἀθηνᾶ ἡ αὐτὴ ἔχει καὶ τὴν Ἀττικήν. Αἰγυπτίων δὲ οἱ λόγιοι μυρία ὅσα τοιαῦτα φήσουσιν, οὐκ οἶδα δ᾿ εἰ καὶ Ἰουδαίους συμπαραλαμβάνοντες καὶ τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν τῇ πρός τινα διανεμήσει. ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἔξω τοῦ θείου λόγου λεγομένων εἰς ταῦτα ἅλις ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος.
φαμὲν δ᾿ ὅτι ὁ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς προφήτης τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ γνήσιος θεράπων αὐτοῦ Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῇ τοῦ Δευτερονομίου ᾠδῇ ἐκτίθεται περὶ τοῦ μερισμοῦ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς τοιαῦτα λέγων· „ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδὰμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ, καὶ ἐγενήθη μερὶς κυρίου λαὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰακὼβ, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ.“ τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς διανεμήσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν ὁ αὐτὸς Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ ἐπιγεγραμμένῳ βιβλίῳ Γένεσις ἐν ἱστορίας τρόπῳ φησὶν οὕτως· „καὶ ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἓν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κινῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾿ ἀνατολῶν εὗρον πεδίον ἐν γῇ Σενναὰρ, καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐκεῖ“· καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγα· „κατέβη, φησὶ, κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον, ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ εἶπε κύριος· ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων· καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν πάντα, ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν· δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ τὴν γλῶσσαν αὐτῶν. ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ. καὶ διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπαύσαντο οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον. διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Σύγχυσις, ὅτι ἐκεῖ συνέχεε κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὰ χείλη πάσης τῆς γῆς, κἀκεῖθεν διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς.“ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπιγεγραμμένῃ δὲ Σολομῶντος Σοφίᾳ περὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν σύγχυσιν τῶν διαλέκτων, ἐν ᾗ γεγένηται ὁ μερισμὸς τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, γῆς. τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς σοφίας εἴρηται· „αὕτη καὶ ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ πονηρίας ἐθνῶν συγχυθέντων ἔγνω τὸν δίκαιον, καὶ ἐφύλαξεν αὐτὸν ἄμεμπτον τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τέκνου σπλάγχνοις ἰσχυρὸν ἐφύλαξε.“
πολὺς δ᾿ ὁ λόγος καὶ μυστικὸς ὁ περὶ τούτων, ᾧ ἁρμόζει τό· „μυστήριον βασιλέως κρύπτειν καλόν“· ἵνα μὴ εἰς τὰς τυχούσας ἀκοὰς ὁ περὶ ψυχῶν οὐκ ἐκ μετενσωματώσεως εἰς σῶμα ἐνδουμένων λόγος ῥιπτῆται, μηδὲ τὰ ἅγια διδῶται „τοῖς κυσὶ,“ μηδ᾿ οἱ μαργαρῖται παραβάλλωνται χοίροις. ἀσεβὲς γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτο, προδοσίαν περιέχον τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας λογίων, περὶ ἧς καλῶς γέγραπται· „εἰς κακότεχνον ψυχὴν οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται σοφία οὐδὲ κατοικήσει ἐν σώματι κατάχρεῳ ἁμαρτίας.“ ἀρκεῖ δὲ τὰ κεκρυμμένως ὡς ἐν ἱστορίας τρόπῳ εἰρημένα κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἱστορίας παραστῆσαι τρόπον, ἵν᾿ οἱ δυνάμενοι ἑαυτοῖς ἐπεξεργάσωνται τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον.
5.30 Chapter XXX
All the people upon the earth are to be regarded as having used one divine language, and so long as they lived harmoniously together were preserved in the use of this divine language, and they remained without moving from the east so long as they were imbued with the sentiments of the “light,” and of the “reflection” of the eternal light. But when they departed from the east, and began to entertain sentiments alien to those of the east, they found a place in the land of Shinar (which, when interpreted, means “gnashing of teeth,” by way of indicating symbolically that they had lost the means of their support), and in it they took up their abode. Then, desiring to gather together material things, and to join to heaven what had no natural affinity for it, that by means of material things they might conspire against such as were immaterial, they said, “Come, let us made bricks, and burn them with fire.” Accordingly, when they had hardened and compacted these materials of clay and matter, and had shown their desire to make brick into stone, and clay into bitumen, and by these means to build a city and a tower, the head of which was, at least in their conception, to reach up to the heavens, after the manner of the “high things which exalt themselves against the knowledge of God,” each one was handed over (in proportion to the greater or less departure from the east which had taken place among them, and in proportion to the extent in which bricks had been converted into stones, and clay into bitumen, and building carried on out of these materials) to angels of character more or less severe, and of a nature more or less stern, until they had paid the penalty of their daring deeds; and they were conducted by those angels, who imprinted on each his native language, to the different parts of the earth according to their deserts: some, for example, to a region of burning heat, others to a country which chastises its inhabitants by its cold; others, again, to a land exceedingly difficult of cultivation, others to one less so in degree; while a fifth were brought into a land filled with wild beasts, and a sixth to a country comparatively free of these.
Νοείσθωσαν τοίνυν πάντες οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς μιᾷ τινι διαλέκτῳ θείᾳ χρώμενοι, καὶ ὅσον γε συμφωνοῦσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους τηρείσθωσαν ἐν τῇ θείᾳ διαλέκτῳ· καὶ ἔστωσαν ἀκίνητοι „τῶν ἀνατολῶν.“ ἐς ὅσον εἰσὶ τὰ τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ „φωτὸς ἀϊδίου“ ἀπαυγάσματος φρονοῦντες. καὶ οὗτοι, ἐπὰν κινήσωσιν „ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνατολῶν“ ἑαυτοὺς ἀλλότρια „ἀνατολῶν“ φρονοῦντες, εὑρισκέτωσαν „πεδίον ἐν γῇ Σενναὰρ,“ ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται ὀδόντων ἐκτιναγμὸς κατὰ σύμβολον τοῦ ἀπολλύναι αὐτοὺς τὰ δι᾿ ὧν τρέφονται, καὶ κατοικείτωσαν ἐκεῖ. εἶτα τὰ τῆς ὕλης συναγαγεῖν θέλοντες καὶ κολλᾶν τὰ μὴ πεφυκότα κολλᾶσθαι οὐρανῷ, ἵνα διὰ τῶν ὑλικῶν ἐπιβουλεύσωσι τοῖς ἀΰλοις, λεγέτωσαν· „δεῦτε πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί.“ ὡς οὖν κρατύνοντες καὶ πηγνύντες τὰ πήλινα καὶ ὑλικὰ καὶ τὴν πλίνθον λίθον ποιεῖν θέλοντες καὶ τὸν πηλὸν ἄσφαλτον καὶ διὰ τούτων οἰκοδομεῖν „πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ“ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπολήψει αὐτῶν „ἔσται ἡ κεφαλὴ ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“ κατὰ τὰ ὑπεραιρόμενα ὑψώματα κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, παραδιδόσθωσαν ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς „ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν“ κινήσεως, ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἢ ἐπ᾿ ἔλαττον αὐτοῖς γεγενημένης, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς κατασκευῆς τῶν πλίνθων εἰς λίθους καὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ εἰς ἄσφαλτον καὶ τῆς ἐκ τούτων οἰκοδομῆς ἀγγέλοις, ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἢ ἐπ᾿ ἔλαττον χαλεπωτέροις καὶ τοιοῖσδε ἢ τοιοῖσδε, ἕως τίσωσι δίκας ἐφ᾿ οἷς τετολμήκασι· καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἀγέσθωσαν ἕκαστος τῶν ἐμποιησάντων τὴν οἰκείαν ἑαυτοῖς διάλεκτον ἐπὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀξίαν, οἵδε μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν φέρ᾿ εἰπεῖν καυσώδη χώραν ἄλλοι δ᾿ ἐπὶ τὴν διὰ τὸ κατεψῦχθαι κολάζουσαν τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν δυσγεωργητοτέραν ἄλλοι δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἔλαττον τοιαύτην, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν πεπληρωμένην θηρίων οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἔλαττον ἔχουσαν αὐτά.
5.31 Chapter XXXI
Now, in the next place, if any one has the capacity, let him understand that in what assumes the form of history, and which contains some things that are literally true, while yet it conveys a deeper meaning, those who preserved their original language continued, by reason of their not having migrated from the east, in possession of the east, and of their eastern language. And let him notice, that these alone became the portion of the Lord, and His people who were called Jacob, and Israel the cord of His inheritance; and these alone were governed by a ruler who did not receive those who were placed under him for the purpose of punishment, as was the case with the others. Let him also, who has the capacity to perceive as far as mortals may, observe that in the body politic of those who were assigned to the Lord as His pre-eminent portion, sins were committed, first of all, such as might be forgiven, and of such a nature as not to make the sinner worthy of entire desertion while subsequently they became more numerous though still of a nature to be pardoned. And while remarking that this state of matters continued for a considerable time, and that a remedy was always applied, and that after certain intervals these persons returned to their duty, let him notice that they were given over, in proportion to their transgressions, to those to whom had been assigned the other quarters of the earth; and that, after being at first slightly punished, and having made atonement, they returned, as if they had undergone discipline, to their proper habitations. Let him notice also that afterwards they were delivered over to rulers of a severer character—to Assyrians and Babylonians, as the Scriptures would call them. In the next place, notwithstanding that means of healing were being applied, let him observe that they were still multiplying their transgressions, and that they were on that account dispersed into other regions by the rulers of the nations that oppressed them. And their own ruler intentionally overlooked their oppression at the hands of the rulers of the other nations, in order that he also with good reason, as avenging himself, having obtained power to tear away from the other nations as many as he can, may do so, and enact for them laws, and point out a manner of life agreeably to which they ought to live, that so he may conduct them to the end to which those of the former people were conducted who did not commit sin.
Εἶτα εἴ τις δύναται ὡς ἐν ἱστορίας σχήματι, ἐχούσης μέν τι καὶ καθ᾿ αὑτὴν ἀληθὲς ἐμφαινούσης δέ τι καὶ ἀπόῤῥητον, ἰδέτω καὶ τοὺς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάλεκτον τετηρηκότας, τῷ μὴ κεκινηκέναι „ἀπ᾿ ἀνατολῶν“ μένοντας ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ τῇ ἀνατολικῇ διαλέκτῳ· καὶ νοείτω τούτους μόνους γεγονέναι μερίδα κυρίου καὶ λαὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν καλούμενον „Ἰακὼβ,“ γεγονέναι δὲ καὶ „σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ“· καὶ οὗτοι μόνοι ἐπιστατείσθωσαν ὑπὸ ἄρχοντος, οὐκ ἐπὶ κολάσει παρειληφότος τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτῷ ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι. βλεπέτω δ᾿ ὁ δυνάμενος ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐν τῇ τούτων πολιτείᾳ τῶν τεταγμένων κατὰ τὴν διαφέρουσαν μερίδα τῷ κυρίῳ γινομένας ἁμαρτίας, πρότερον μὲν ἀνεκτὰς καὶ τοιαύτας, ὡς μὴ πάντῃ ἀξίους εἶναι αὐτοὺς τοῦ ἐγκαταλείπεσθαι, ὕστερον δὲ πλείονας μὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἔτι ἀνεκτάς· καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον νοῶν γινόμενον καὶ ἀεὶ θεραπείαν προσαγομένην καὶ ἐκ διαλειμμάτων τούτους ἐπιστρέφοντας, ὁράτω αὐτοὺς καταλειπομένους κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων τοῖς λαχοῦσι τὰς ἄλλας χώρας, πρότερον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον αὐτοὺς κολασθέντας καὶ τίσαντας δίκην, ὡσπερεὶ παιδευθέντας, ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα· ὕστερον δὲ βλεπέτω αὐτοὺς παραδιδομένους χαλεπωτέροις ἄρχουσιν, ὡς ἂν ὀνομάσαιεν αἱ γραφαὶ, Ἀσσυρίοις εἶτα Βαβυλωνίοις. εἶτα προσαγομένων θεραπειῶν ὁράτω τούτους οὐδὲν ἧττον αὔξοντας τὰ ἁμαρτανόμενα καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾿ ἐπισπειρομένους ὑπὸ τῶν διαρπαζόντων αὐτοὺς ἀρχόντων τῶν λοιπῶν ἐθνῶν ταῖς ἄλλαις μερίσιν. ὁ δ᾿ ἄρχων αὐτῶν ἐπίτηδες παροράτω διαρπαζομένους αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀρχόντων· ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς εὐλόγως, ὡσπερεὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐκδικῶν, λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν ἀποσπάσαι τῶν λοιπῶν ἐθνῶν οὓς ἂν δύνηται, τὸ τοιοῦτο ποιήσῃ καὶ νόμους τε αὐτοῖς θῆται καὶ βίον ὑποδείξῃ καθ᾿ ὃν βιωτέον· ἵνα αὐτοὺς ἀναγάγῃ ἐπὶ τέλος, ἐφ᾿ ὅπερ ἀνῆγε τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτάνοντας ἀπὸ τοῦ προτέρου ἔθνους.
5.32 Chapter XXXII
And by this means let those who have the capacity of comprehending truths so profound, learn that he to whom were allotted those who had not formerly sinned is far more powerful than the others, since he has been able to make a selection of individuals from the portion of the whole, and to separate them from those who received them for the purpose of punishment, and to bring them under the influence of laws, and of a mode of life which helps to produce an oblivion of their former transgressions. But, as we have previously observed, these remarks are to be understood as being made by us with a concealed meaning, by way of pointing out the mistakes of those who asserted that “the various quarters of the earth were from the beginning distributed among different superintending spirits, and being allotted among certain governing powers, were administered in this way;” from which statement Celsus took occasion to make the remarks referred to. But since those who wandered away from the east were delivered over, on account of their sins, to “a reprobate mind,” and to “vile affections,” and to “uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts,” in order that, being sated with sin, they might hate it, we shall refuse our assent to the assertion of Celsus, that “because of the superintending spirits distributed among the different parts of the earth, what is done among each nation is rightly done;” for our desire is to do what is not agreeable to these spirits. For we see that it is a religious act to do away with the customs originally established in the various places by means of laws of a better and more divine character, which were enacted by Jesus, as one possessed of the greatest power, who has rescued us “from the present evil world,” and “from the princes of the world that come to nought;” and that it is a mark of irreligion not to throw ourselves at the feet of Him who has manifested Himself to be holier and more powerful than all other rulers, and to whom God said, as the prophets many generations before predicted: “Ask of Me, and I shall give Thee the heathen for Thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for Thy possession.” For He, too, has become the “expectation” of us who from among the heathen have believed upon Him, and upon His Father, who is God over all things.
Καὶ διὰ τούτου μανθανέτωσαν οἱ δυνάμενοι τὰ τηλικαῦτα βλέπειν ὅτι πολλῷ δυνατώτερος ὁ λαχὼν τοὺς πρότερον μὴ ἡμαρτηκότας τῶν λοιπῶν ἐστιν· ἐπεὶ δεδύνηται ἀπὸ τῆς πάντων μερίδος ἐπιλέκτους λαβὼν ἀποστῆσαι μὲν αὐτοὺς τῶν ἐπὶ κολάσει παρειληφότων, προσαγαγεῖν δὲ νόμοις καὶ βίῳ συμβαλλομένῳ εἰς ἀμνηστίαν τῶν προημαρτημένων αὐτοῖς. ἀλλ᾿ ὡς προείπομεν, ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἐπικεκρυμμένως λελέχθω. παριστᾶσιν ὧν παρήκουσαν οἱ φήσαντες τὰ μέρη τῆς γῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλα ἄλλοις ἐπόπταις νενεμημένα, κατά τινας ἐπικρατείας διειλημμένα, ταύτῃ διοικεῖσθαι· ἀφ᾿ ων καὶ ὁ Κέλσος (λαβὼν) τὰς ἐκκειμένας εἶπε λέξεις.
ἐπεὶ δ᾿ οἱ κινήσαντες „ἀπ᾿ ἀνατολῶν“ δι᾿ ἃ ἥμαρτον παρεδόθησαν „εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν“ καὶ „εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας“ καὶ „ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν,“ ἵνα κορεσθέντες τῆς ἁμαρτίας μισήσωσιν αὐτὴν, οὐχ ὑποκεισόμεθα τῷ Κέλσου ἀρέσκοντι φάσκοντος διὰ τοὺς νενεμημένους ἐπόπτας τοῖς μέρεσι τῆς γῆς τὰ παρ᾿ ἑκάστοις ὀρθῶς πράττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ βουλόμεθα οὐχ ὅπῃ ᾖ ἐκείνοις φίλον ποιεῖν τὰ (παρ᾿) ἐκείνων. ὁρῶμεν γὰρ ὅτι ὅσιον μὲν τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατὰ τόπους νενομισμένα λύειν ἐστὶ νόμοις κρείττοσι καὶ θειοτέροις, οἷς ὡς δυνατώτατος ἔθετο Ἰησοῦς, ἐξελόμενος „ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ“ καὶ „τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τῶν καταργουμένων“· ἀνόσιον δὲ τὸ μὴ ἐπιῤῥῖψαι αὑτὸν τῷ πάντων ἀρχόντων φανέντι καὶ ἀποδειχθέντι (καθαρωτέρῳ καὶ) δυνατωτέρῳ. πρὸς ὃν εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ὡς οἱ προφῆται πρὸ πολλῶν προεῖπον γενεῶν· „αἴτησαι παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ, καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς.“ καὶ γὰρ „αὐτὸς“ γέγονε „προσδοκία“ ἡμῶν. τῶν ἀπὸ „ἐθνῶν“ πιστευσάντων εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ.
5.33 Chapter XXXIII
The remarks which we have made not only answer the statements of Celsus regarding the superintending spirits, but anticipate in some measure what he afterwards brings forward, when he says: “Let the second party come forward; and I shall ask them whence they come, and whom they regard as the originator of their ancestral customs. They will reply, No one, because they spring from the same source as the Jews themselves, and derive their instruction and superintendence from no other quarter, and notwithstanding they have revolted from the Jews.” Each one of us, then, is come “in the last days,” when one Jesus has visited us, to the “visible mountain of the Lord,” the Word that is above every word, and to the “house of God,” which is “the Church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.” And we notice how it is built upon “the tops of the mountains,” i.e., the predictions of all the prophets, which are its foundations. And this house is exalted above the hills, i.e., those individuals among men who make a profession of superior attainments in wisdom and truth; and all the nations come to it, and the “many nations” go forth, and say to one another, turning to the religion which in the last days has shone forth through Jesus Christ: “Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in them.” For the law came forth from the dwellers in Sion, and settled among us as a spiritual law. Moreover, the word of the Lord came forth from that very Jerusalem, that it might be disseminated through all places, and might judge in the midst of the heathen, selecting those whom it sees to be submissive, and rejecting the disobedient, who are many in number. And to those who inquire of us whence we come, or who is our founder, we reply that we are come, agreeably to the counsels of Jesus, to “cut down our hostile and insolent ‘wordy’ swords into ploughshares, and to convert into pruning-hooks the spears formerly employed in war.” For we no longer take up “sword against nation,” nor do we “learn war any more,” having become children of peace, for the sake of Jesus, who is our leader, instead of those whom our fathers followed, among whom we were “strangers to the covenant,” and having received a law, for which we give thanks to Him that rescued us from the error (of our ways), saying, “Our fathers honoured lying idols, and there is not among them one that causeth it to rain.” Our Superintendent, then, and Teacher, having come forth from the Jews, regulates the whole world by the word of His teaching. And having made these remarks by way of anticipation, we have refuted as well as we could the untrue statements of Celsus, by subjoining the appropriate answer.
Ταῦτα δὲ οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὰ ἐκκείμενα περὶ τῶν ἐποπτῶν ἡμῖν λέλεκται, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετρίως προλαμβάνουσι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλσου πρὸς ἡμᾶς λεγόμενα. ἐν οἷς φησιν· ἴτω δὲ ὁ δεύτερος· ἐρήσομαι δὲ αὐτοὺς, πόθεν ἥκουσιν ἢ τίνα ἔχουσιν ἀρχηγέτην πατρίων νόμων. οὐδένα φήσουσιν, οἵ γε ἐκεῖθεν μὲν ὥρμηνται καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ τὸν διδάσκαλόν τε καὶ χοροστάτην οὐκ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν φέρουσιν· ὅμως δ᾿ ἀφεστήκασιν Ἰουδαίων. ἥκομεν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἕκαστος „ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις,“ ὅτε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἡμῶν ἐπιδεδήμηκεν, εἰς „τὸ ἐμφανὲς ὄρος κυρίου,“ τὸν „ὑπεράνω“ παντὸς λόγου λόγον, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον „τοῦ θεοῦ.“ ὅς „ἐστιν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας.“ καὶ ὁρῶμεν τίνα τρόπον οὗτος οἰκοδομεῖται „ἐπὶ ἄκρων τῶν ὀρέων,“ πάντων τῶν προφητικῶν λόγων, οἵτινες αὐτοῦ θεμέλιός εἰσιν. ὑψοῦται δ᾿ οὗτος „ὁ οἶκος“ „ὑπεράνω τῶν βουνῶν,“ τῶν δοκούντων τι ἐξαίρετον παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἐν σοφίᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι. καὶ ἐρχόμεθα „πάντα τὰ ἔθνη“ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ, καὶ πορευόμεθα τὰ πολλὰ ἔθνη, καὶ λέγομεν ἀλλήλοις, προτρέποντες ἐπὶ τὴν „ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις“ ἀναλάμψασαν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ θεοσέβειαν· „δεῦτε καὶ ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰακὼβ. καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορευσόμεθα ἐν αὐτῇ.“ ἐξῆλθε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν „Σιὼν“ „νόμος“ καὶ μετέστη ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς πνευματικός. ἀλλὰ καὶ „ὁ λόγος κυρίου“ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς „Ἱερουσαλὴμ,“ ἵνα πανταχοῦ νεμηθῇ καὶ κρίνῃ „ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ἐθνῶν,“ ἐκλεγόμενος μὲν οὓς ὁρᾷ εὐπειθεῖς ἐλέγχῃ δὲ „λαὸν πολὺν“ τὸν ἀπειθῆ.
καί φαμεν γὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐρομένους ἡμᾶς, πόθεν ἥκομεν ἢ τίνα ἔχομεν ἀρχηγέτην, ὅτι ἤλθομεν κατὰ τὰς Ἰησοῦ ὑποθήκας συγκόψαι „τὰς“ πολεμικὰς ἡμῶν λογικὰς „μαχαίρας“ καὶ ὑβριστικὰς „εἰς ἄροτρα,“ καὶ „τὰς“ κατὰ τὸ πρότερον ἡμῶν μάχιμον „ζιβύνας εἰς δρέπανα“ μετασκευάζομεν. οὐκέτι γὰρ λαμβάνομεν „ἐπ᾿ ἔθνος μάχαιραν“ οὐδὲ μανθάνομεν „ἔτι πολεμεῖν,“ γενόμενοι διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν υἱοὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, ὅς ἐστιν ἡμῶν ἀρχηγὸς, ἀντὶ τῶν πατρίων, ἐν οἷς „ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν“ ἐτυγχάνομεν, λαμβάνοντες νόμον, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ χάριτας ὁμολογοῦντες τῷ ἡμᾶς ῥυσαμένῳ ἀπὸ τῆς πλάνης λέγομεν· „ὡς ψευδῆ ἐκτήσαντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἴδωλα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑετίζων.“ ὁ χοροστάτης οὖν ἡμῶν καὶ διδάσκαλος ἀπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐξελθὼν ὅλην νέμεται τῷ λόγῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας, ἑαυτοῦ τὴν οἰκουμένην. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν προλαβόντες πολλοῖς ἐπιφερομένην τοῦ Κέλσου λέξιν ὅση δύναμις ἀνετρέψαμεν, συνάπτοντες τοῖς ἐκκειμένοις αὐτοῦ ῥητοῖς.
5.34 Chapter XXXIV
But, that we may not pass without notice what Celsus has said between these and the preceding paragraphs, let us quote his words: “We might adduce Herodotus as a witness on this point, for he expresses himself as follows: ‘For the people of the cities Marea and Apis, who inhabit those parts of Egypt that are adjacent to Libya, and who look upon themselves as Libyans, and not as Egyptians, finding their sacrificial worship oppressive, and wishing not to be excluded from the use of cows’ flesh, sent to the oracle of Jupiter Ammon, saying that there was no relationship between them and the Egyptians, that they dwelt outside the Delta, that there was no community of sentiment between them and the Egyptians, and that they wished to be allowed to partake of all kinds of food. But the god would not allow them to do as they desired, saying that that country was a part of Egypt, which was watered by the inundation of the Nile, and that those were Egyptians who dwell to the south of the city of Elephantine, and drink of the river Nile.’ Such is the narrative of Herodotus. But,” continues Celsus, “Ammon in divine things would not make a worse ambassador than the angels of the Jews, so that there is nothing wrong in each nation observing its established method of worship. Of a truth, we shall find very great differences prevailing among the nations, and yet each seems to deem its own by far the best. Those inhabitants of Ethiopia who dwell in Meroe worship Jupiter and Bacchus alone; the Arabians, Urania and Bacchus only; all the Egyptians, Osiris and Isis; the Saïtes, Minerva; while the Naucratites have recently classed Serapis among their deities, and the rest according to their respective laws. And some abstain from the flesh of sheep, and others from that of crocodiles; others, again, from that of cows, while they regard swine’s flesh with loathing. The Scythians, indeed, regard it as a noble act to banquet upon human beings. Among the Indians, too, there are some who deem themselves discharging a holy duty in eating their fathers, and this is mentioned in a certain passage by Herodotus. For the sake of credibility, I shall again quote his very words, for he writes as follows: ‘For if any one were to make this proposal to all men, viz., to bid him select out of all existing laws the best, each would choose, after examination, those of his own country. Men each consider their own laws much the best, and therefore it is not likely than any other than a madman would make these things a subject of ridicule. But that such are the conclusions of all men regarding the laws, may be determined by many other evidences, and especially by the following illustration. Darius, during his reign, having summoned before him those Greeks who happened to be present at the time, inquired of them for how much they would be willing to eat their deceased fathers? their answer was, that for no consideration would they do such a thing. After this, Darius summoned those Indians who are called Callatians, who are in the habit of eating their parents, and asked of them in the presence of these Greeks, who learned what passed through an interpreter, for what amount of money they would undertake to burn their deceased fathers with fire? on which they raised a loud shout, and bade the king say no more.’ Such is the way, then, in which these matters are regarded. And Pindar appears to me to be right in saying that ‘law’ is the king of all things.”
Ἵνα δὲ μὴ παρέλθωμεν τὰ ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ λελεγμένα τῷ Κέλσῳ, φέρ᾿ ἐκθώμεθα καὶ ταῦτα. χρήσαιτο δ᾿ ἄν τις καὶ Ἡροδότῳ πρὸς τόδε μάρτυρι, λέγοντι ὧδε· „οἱ γὰρ δὴ ἐκ Μαρέης τε πόλιος καὶ Ἄπιος οἰκέοντες Αἰγύπτου τὰ πρόσουρα Λιβύῃ. αὐτοί τε δοκέοντες εἶναι Λίβυες καὶ οὐκ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ ἀχθόμενοι τῇ περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ θρησκείῃ, βουλόμενοι θηλέων βοῶν μὴ ἔργεσθαι, ἔπεμψαν ἐς Ἄμμωνα φάμενοι οὐδὲν σφίσι τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίοισι κοινὸν εἶναι· οἰκέειν γὰρ ἔξω τοῦ Δέλτα καὶ οὐχ ὁμολογέειν αὐτοῖσι, βούλεσθαί τε πάντων σφίσιν ἐξεῖναι γεύεσθαι. ὁ δὲ θεὸς οὐκ ἔα σφέας ποιέειν ταῦτα, φὰς Αἴγυπτον εἶναι ταύτην, τὴν ὁ Νεῖλος ἐπιὼν ἄρδει. καὶ Αἰγυπτίους εἶναι τούτους, οἳ ἔνερθεν Ἐλεφαντίνης πόλιος οἰκέοντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τούτου πίνουσιν.“ Ἡροδότῳ μὲν τάδε ἱστόρηται. ὁ δ᾿ Ἄμμων οὐδέν τι κακίων διαπρεσβεῦσαι τὰ δαιμόνια ἢ οἱ Ἰουδαίων ἄγγελοι· ὥστε οὐδὲν ἄδικον ἑκάστους τὰ σφέτερα νόμιμα θρησκεύειν. ἀμέλει πλεῖστον αὐτῶν εὑρήσομεν κατα ἔθνη τὸ διαφέρον, καὶ ὅμως ἕκαστοι αὐτοὶ μάλιστα ευ νομίζειν δοκοῦσιν· Αἰθιόπων μὲν οἱ Μερόην οἰκοῦντες „Δία καὶ Διόνυσον μόνους“ σέβοντες, Ἀράβιοι δὲ τὴν Οὐρανίαν καὶ Διόνυσον τούτους μόνους. Αἰγύπτιοι δὲ πάντες μὲν Ὄσιρίν τε καὶ Ἶσιν, Σαῗται δὲ Ἀθηνᾶν, Ναυκρατῖται δὲ, οὐ πάλαι ἀρξάμενοι, ὠνόμασαν Σάραπιν, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ κατὰ νομοὺς ὡς ἕκαστοι. καὶ οἱ μὲν ὀΐων ἀπέχονται, σέβοντες ὡς ἱεροὺς, οἱ δὲ αἰγῶν, οἱ δὲ κροκοδείλων. οἱ δὲ βοῶν θηλειῶν, συῶν δὲ ἀπέχονται βδελυττόμενοι. Σκύθαις γε μὴν καὶ ἀνθρώπους δαίνυσθαι καλόν· Ἰνδῶν δέ εἰσιν οἳ καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἐσθίοντες ὅσια δρᾶν νομίζουσι. καὶ που φησὶν ὁ αὐτὸς Ἡρόδοτος· χρήσομαι δὲ αὖθις αὐταῖς ἐκείνου λέξεσι πίστεως εἵνεκα· ἱστορεῖ δὲ ὧδε· „εἰ γάρ τις προθείη πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἐκλέξασθαι κελεύων νόμους τοὺς καλλίστους ἐκ (τῶν) πάντων νόμων, διασκεψάμενοι ἂν ἑλοίατο (ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑωυτῶν· οὕτω νομίζουσι) πολλόν τι καλλίστους (τοὺς) ἑωυτῶν νόμους ἕκαστοι εἶναι. οὔκων εἰκός ἐστιν ἄλλον γε ἢ μαινόμενον ἄνδρα (γέλωτα) τὰ τοιαῦτα τίθεσθαι. ὡς δ᾿ οὕτως νενομίκασι τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, πολλοῖσι καὶ ἄλλοισι τεκμηρίοισι πάρεστι σταθμώσασθαι, ἐν δὲ δὴ καὶ (τῷδε). Δαρεῖος ἐπὶ τῆς ἑωυτοῦ ἀρχῆς καλέσας Ἑλλήνων τοὺς παρεόντας εἴρετο ἐπὶ κόσῳ ἂν χρήματι βουλοίατο τοὺς πατέρας ἀποθνῄσκοντας κατασιτέεσθαι· οἱ δὲ ἔφασαν ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὶ ἕρδειν ἂν τοῦτο. Δαρεῖος δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καλέσας Ἰνδῶν τοὺς καλεομένους Καλατίας, οἳ τοὺς γονέας κατεσθίουσιν, εἴρετο, παρεόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ δι᾿ ἑρμηνέος μανθανόντων τὰ λεγόμενα, ἐπὶ τίνι χρήματι δεξαίατ᾿ ἂν τελευτέοντας τοὺς πατέρας κατακαίειν πυρί· οἱ δὲ ἀμβώσαντες μέγα εὐφημέειν μιν ἐκέλευον. οὕτω μὲν νῦν ταῦτα νενόμισται, καὶ ὀρθῶς μοι δοκέει Πίνδαρος ποιῆσαι, νόμον πάντων βασιλέα φήσας εἶναι.“
5.35 Chapter XXXV
The argument of Celsus appears to point by these illustrations to this conclusion: that it is “an obligation incumbent on all men to live according to their country’s customs, in which case they will escape censure; whereas the Christians, who have abandoned their native usages, and who are not one nation like the Jews, are to be blamed for giving their adherence to the teaching of Jesus.” Let him then tell us whether it is a becoming thing for philosophers, and those who have been taught not to yield to superstition, to abandon their country’s customs, so as to eat of those articles of food which are prohibited in their respective cities? or whether this proceeding of theirs is opposed to what is becoming? For if, on account of their philosophy, and the instructions which they have received against superstition, they should eat, in disregard of their native laws, what was interdicted by their fathers, why should the Christians (since the Gospel requires them not to busy themselves about statues and images, or even about any of the created works of God but to ascend on high, and present the soul to the Creator); when acting in a similar manner to the philosophers, be censured for so doing? But if, for the sake of defending the thesis which he has proposed to himself, Celsus, or those who think with him, should say, that even one who had studied philosophy would keep his country’s laws, then philosophers in Egypt, for example, would act most ridiculously in avoiding the eating of onions, in order to observe their country’s laws, or certain parts of the body, as the head and shoulders, in order not to transgress the traditions of their fathers. And I do not speak of those Egyptians who shudder with fear at the discharge of wind from the body, because if any one of these were to become a philosopher, and still observe the laws of his country, he would be a ridiculous philosopher, acting very unphilosophically. In the same way, then, he who has been led by the Gospel to worship the God of all things, and, from regard to his country’s laws, lingers here below among images and statues of men, and does not desire to ascend to the Creator, will resemble those who have indeed learned philosophy, but who are afraid of things which ought to inspire no terrors, and who regard it as an act of impiety to eat of those things which have been enumerated.
Διὰ τούτων δὲ ὁδεύειν δοκεῖ τῷ Κέλσῳ ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖν πάντας ἀνθρώπους κατὰ τὰ πάτρια ζῆν, οὐκ ἂν μεμφθέντας ἐπὶ τούτῳ· Χριστιανοὺς δὲ τὰ πάτρια καταλιπόντας καὶ οὐχ ἕν τι τυγχάνοντας ἔθνος ὡς Ἰουδαῖοι ἐγκλήτως προστίθεσθαι τῇ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίᾳ. λεγέτω ουν ἡμῖν, πότερον καθηκόντως οἱ φιλοσοφοῦντες καὶ διδασκόμενοι μὴ δεισιδαιμονεῖν καταλείψουσι τὰ πάτρια, ὡς καὶ φαγεῖν τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ἐν ταῖς πατρίσιν αὐτῶν, ἢ παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον τοῦτο πράξουσιν; εἰ μὲν γὰρ διὰ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ δεισιδαιμονίας μαθήματα οὐ φυλάττοντες τὰ πάτρια καὶ φάγοιεν ἂν τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων αὐτοῖς ἐκ πατέρων, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ Χριστιανοὶ, λόγου αἱροῦντος μὴ τευτάζειν περὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ τὰ ἱδρύματα ἢ καὶ περὶ τὰ δημιουργήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλ᾿ ὑπεραναβαίνειν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν παριστάνειν τῷ δημιουργῷ, τὸ ἀνάλογον ποιοῦντες τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἀνεγκλήτως τοῦτο πράττοιεν; εἰ δ᾿ ὑπὲρ τοῦ φυλάξαι τὴν προκειμένην ἑαυτῷ ὑπόθεσιν ὁ Κέλσος ἐρεῖ ἢ οἱ εὐδοκοῦντες τοῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι καὶ φιλοσοφήσας τις τηρήσει τὰ πάτρια· ὥρα φιλοσόφους γελοιοτάτους φέρ᾿ εἰπεῖν ἐν Αἰγυπτίοις γενέσθαι φυλαττομένους ἐμφαγεῖν κρομύου, ἵνα τὰ πάτρια τηρῶσιν, ἢ μορίων τινῶν τοῦ σώματος οἷον κεφαλῆς καὶ ὤμου, ἵνα μὴ παραβαίνωσι τὰ ὑπὸ πατέρων αὐτοῖς παραδοθέντα. καὶ οὔπω λέγω περὶ τῶν τὰς τοῦ σώματος φλυαρίας ἐν φύσαις φριττόντων τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὅτι, ἐὰν ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων τις φιλοσοφήσῃ καὶ τηρήσῃ τὰ πάτρια, γελοῖος ἂν εἴη φιλόσοφος ἀφιλόσοφα πράττων. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου προσαχθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ σέβειν τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν καὶ διὰ τὰ πάτρια κάτω που μένων παρὰ τοῖς ἀγάλμασι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἱδρύμασι καὶ μὴ βουλόμενος ἀναβῆναι τῇ προαιρέσει πρὸς τὸν δημιουργὸν παραπλήσιος ἂν γένοιτο τοῖς μαθοῦσι μὲν τὰ φιλοσοφίας φοβουμένοις δὲ τὰ μὴ φοβερὰ καὶ νομίζουσιν ἀσέβειαν εἶναι τὸ τοιῶνδε ἐμφαγεῖν.
5.36 Chapter XXXVI
But what sort of being is this Ammon of Herodotus, whose words Celsus has quoted, as if by way of demonstrating how each one ought to keep his country’s laws? For this Ammon would not allow the people of the cities of Marea and Apis, who inhabit the districts adjacent to Libya, to treat as a matter of indifference the use of cows’ flesh, which is a thing not only indifferent in its own nature, but which does not prevent a man from being noble and virtuous. If Ammon, then, forbade the use of cows’ flesh, because of the advantage which results from the use of the animal in the cultivation of the ground, and in addition to this, because it is by the female that the breed is increased, the account would possess more plausibility. But now he simply requires that those who drink of the Nile should observe the laws of the Egyptians regarding kine. And hereupon Celsus, taking occasion to pass a jest upon the employment of the angels among the Jews as the ambassadors of God, says that “Ammon did not make a worse ambassador of divine things than did the angels of the Jews,” into the meaning of whose words and manifestations he instituted no investigation; otherwise he would have seen, that it is not for oxen that God is concerned, even where He may appear to legislate for them, or for irrational animals, but that what is written for the sake of men, under the appearance of relating to irrational animals, contains certain truths of nature. Celsus, moreover, says that no wrong is committed by any one who wishes to observe the religious worship sanctioned by the laws of his country; and it follows, according to his view, that the Scythians commit no wrong, when, in conformity with their country’s laws, they eat human beings. And those Indians who eat their own fathers are considered, according to Celsus, to do a religious, or at least not a wicked act. He adduces, indeed, a statement of Herodotus which favours the principle that each one ought, from a sense of what is becoming, to obey his country’s laws; and he appears to approve of the custom of those Indians called Callatians, who in the time of Darius devoured their parents, since, on Darius inquiring for how great a sum of money they would be willing to lay aside this usage, they raised a loud shout, and bade the king say no more.
Οἷος δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Ἡροδότου ἐστὶν Ἄμμων, οὗ τὰς λέξεις ὁ Κέλσος παρείληφεν, ὡς εἰς ἀπόδειξιν περὶ τοῦ δεῖν ἕκαστον τὰ πάτρια τηρεῖν; ὁ γὰρ Ἄμμων αὐτῶν τοῖς τῶν ἀπὸ Μαρέης πόλεως καὶ Ἄπιος οἰκοῦσι τὰ πρόσουρα τῇ Λιβύῃ οὐκ ἐᾷ ἀδιαφορεῖν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν θηλέων βοῶν· ὅπερ πρᾶγμα οὐ μόνον τῇ φύσει ἑαυτοῦ ἀδιάφορόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐ κωλύει καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν εἶναί τινα. καὶ εἰ μὲν ὁ Ἄμμων αὐτῶν ἀπηγόρευε τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν θηλειῶν βοῶν διὰ τὸ εἰς γεωργίαν τοῦ ζῴου χρήσιμον καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ διὰ τὸ διὰ τῶν θηλέων μάλιστα αὔξειν τὸ γένος αὐτῶν, τάχα ἂν εἶχε πιθανότητα ὁ λόγος· νυνὶ δὲ ἅπαξ βούλεται αὐτοὺς ἐμπίνοντας τοῦ Νείλου δεῖν τηρεῖν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων περὶ θηλειῶν βοῶν νόμους. καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ γε τωθάζων ὁ Κέλσος τοὺς παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἀγγέλους πρεσβεύοντας τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ κακίονα ἔφησεν εἶναι τὸν Ἄμμωνα πρὸς τὸ διαπρεσβεῦσαι τὰ δαιμόνια ἢ οἱ Ἰουδαίων ἄγγελοι· ὧν οὐκ ἐξήτασε τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰς ἐπιφανείας, τί βούλονται. ἑωράκει γὰρ ἂν ὅτι οὐ „τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ θεῷ,“ ἔνθα καὶ δοκεῖ περὶ βοῶν ἢ ἀλόγων ζῴων νομοθετεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὰ δι᾿ ἀνθρώπους γραφέντα ἐν προσχήματι τῷ περὶ ἀλόγων ζῴων φυσιολογίαν τινὰ περιέχει.
Κέλσος μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν ἄδικόν φησι ποιεῖν ἕκαστον, τὰ σφέτερα νόμιμα θρησκεύειν ἐθέλοντα· καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν μηδὲν ἄδικον ποιεῖν Σκύθας, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια δαίνυνται ἀνθρώπους. καὶ Ἰνδῶν δὲ οἱ τοὺς πατέρας ἐσθίοντες ὅσια δρᾶν νομίζουσι, καὶ κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον, ἢ οὐκ ἄδικά γε. ἐκτίθεται γοῦν Ἡροδότου λέξιν συναγορεύουσαν τὸ ἕκαστον τοῖς πατρίοις νόμοις καθηκόντως χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἔοικεν ἀποδεχομένῳ τοὺς ἐπὶ Δαρείου Καλατίας καλουμένους Ἰνδοὺς τοὺς γονεῖς κατεσθίοντας, ἐπεὶ πρὸς τὸν Δαρεῖον πυνθανόμενον, ἐπὶ πόσῳ χρήματι ἀποθέσθαι τοῦτον τὸν νόμον βούλονται, ἀναβοήσαντες μέγα εὐφημεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευον.
5.37 Chapter XXXVII
As there are, then, generally two laws presented to us, the one being the law of nature, of which God would be the legislator, and the other being the written law of cities, it is a proper thing, when the written law is not opposed to that of God, for the citizens not to abandon it under pretext of foreign customs; but when the law of nature, that is, the law of God, commands what is opposed to the written law, observe whether reason will not tell us to bid a long farewell to the written code, and to the desire of its legislators, and to give ourselves up to the legislator God, and to choose a life agreeable to His word, although in doing so it may be necessary to encounter dangers, and countless labours, and even death and dishonour. For when there are some laws in harmony with the will of God, which are opposed to others which are in force in cities, and when it is impracticable to please God (and those who administer laws of the kind referred to), it would be absurd to contemn those acts by means of which we may please the Creator of all things, and to select those by which we shall become displeasing to God, though we may satisfy unholy laws, and those who love them. But since it is reasonable in other matters to prefer the law of nature, which is the law of God, before the written law, which has been enacted by men in a spirit of opposition to the law of God, why should we not do this still more in the case of those laws which relate to God? Neither shall we, like the Ethiopians who inhabit the parts about Meroe, worship, as is their pleasure, Jupiter and Bacchus only; nor shall we at all reverence Ethiopian gods in the Ethiopian manner; nor, like the Arabians, shall we regard Urania and Bacchus alone as divinities; nor in any degree at all deities in which the difference of sex has been a ground of distinction (as among the Arabians, who worship Urania as a female, and Bacchus as a male deity); nor shall we, like all the Egyptians, regard Osiris and Isis as gods; nor shall we enumerate Athena among these, as the Saïtes are pleased to do. And if to the ancient inhabitants of Naucratis it seemed good to worship other divinities, while their modern descendants have begun quite recently to pay reverence to Serapis, who never was a god at all, we shall not on that account assert that a new being who was not formerly a god, nor at all known to men, is a deity. For the Son of God, “the First-born of all creation,” although He seemed recently to have become incarnate, is not by any means on that account recent. For the holy Scriptures know Him to be the most ancient of all the works of creation; for it was to Him that God said regarding the creation of man, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness.”
Δύο τοίνυν νόμων προκειμένων γενικῶς, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ὄντος τῆς φύσεως νόμου, ὃν θεὸς ἂν νομοθετήσαι, ἑτέρου δὲ τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτοῦ, καλὸν ὅπου μὲν μὴ ἐναντιοῦται ὁ γραπτὸς νόμος τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ λυπεῖν τοὺς πολίτας προφάσει ξένων νόμων· ἔνθα δὲ τὰ ἐναντία τῷ γραπτῷ νόμῳ προστάσσει ὁ τῆς φύσεως τουτέστι τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅρα εἰ μὴ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ μακρὰν μὲν χαίρειν εἰπεῖν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις καὶ τῷ βουλήματι τῶν νομοθετῶν, ἐπιδιδόναι δὲ ἑαυτὸν τῷ θεῷ νομοθέτῃ καὶ κατὰ τὸν τούτου λόγον αἱρεῖσθαι βιοῦν, κἂν μετὰ κινδύνων καὶ μυρίων πόνων καὶ θανάτων καὶ ἀδοξίας τοῦτο δέῃ ποιεῖν. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον, τῶν ἀρεσκόντων τῷ θεῷ ἑτέρων ὄντων παρὰ τὰ ἀρέσκοντά τισι τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι νόμων, καὶ ἀμηχάνου τυγχάνοντος ἀρέσκειν θεῷ καὶ τοῖς πρεσβεύουσι τοὺς τοιούσδε νόμους, καταφρονεῖν μὲν πράξεων, δι᾿ ὧν ἀρέσει τις τῷ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργῷ, αἱρεῖσθαι δὲ ἐκείνας, ἐξ ὧν ἀπάρεστος μέν τις ἔσται τῷ θεῷ, ἀρεστὸς δὲ τοῖς οὐ νόμοις νόμοις καὶ τοῖς τούτων φίλοις.
εἴπερ δὲ εὔλογον ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν τῆς φύσεως προτιμᾶν νόμον, ὄντα νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ, παρὰ τὸν γεγραμμένον καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐναντίως τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ νενομοθετημένον. πῶς οὐχὶ τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς περὶ θεοῦ νόμοις ποιητέον; καὶ οὔτε ὡς Αἰθίοπες, [ὡς] οἱ τὰ περὶ τὴν Μερόην οἰκοῦντες, Δία καὶ Διόνυσον, ὡς ἐκείνοις ἀρέσκει, μόνους προσκυνήσομεν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως Αἰθιοπικοὺς θεοὺς Αἰθιοπικῶς τιμήσομεν· οὔθ᾿ ὡς οἱ Ἀράβιοι τὴν Οὐρανίαν καὶ τὸν Διόνυσον μόνους ἡγησόμεθα θεοὺς, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως θεοὺς. ἐν οἷς τὸ θῆλυ καὶ τὸ ἄῤῥεν δεδόξασται (ὡς θήλειαν γὰρ Ἀράβιοι τὴν Οὐρανίαν προσκυνοῦσι καὶ ὡς ἄῤῥενα τὸν Διόνυσον)· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὡς πάντες Αἰγύπτιοι θεοὺς νομίσομεν Ὄσιριν καὶ Ἶσιν. οὐδὲ τούτοις συγκατατάξομεν κατὰ τὰ τοῖς Σαΐταις (δοκοῦντα) τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν. εἰ δὲ καὶ Ναυκρατίταις ἄλλα μὲν ἔδοξε σέβειν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις. τὸν Σάραπιν δὲ τοῖς χθὲς καὶ πρώην ἀρξαμένοις. τὸν οὐ πώποτε γενόμενον θεὸν, προσκυνεῖν· οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς νέον τὸν οὐ πρότερον ὄντα θεὸν οὐδὲ γνωσθέντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις φήσομεν εἶναι. ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς, ὁ „πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως,“ εἰ καὶ νεωστὶ ἐνηνθρωπηκέναι ἔδοξεν. ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι γε διὰ τοῦτο νέος ἐστί. πρεσβύτατον γὰρ αὐτὸν πάντων τῶν δημιουργημάτων ἴσασιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι, καὶ αὐτῷ τὸν θεὸν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δημιουργίας εἰρηκέναι· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ᾿ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν.“
5.38 Chapter XXXVIII
I wish, however, to show how Celsus asserts without any good reason, that each one reveres his domestic and native institutions. For he declares that “those Ethiopians who inhabit Meroe know only of two gods, Jupiter and Bacchus, and worship these alone; and that the Arabians also know only of two, viz., Bacchus, who is also an Ethiopian deity, and Urania, whose worship is confined to them.” According to his account, neither do the Ethiopians worship Urania, nor the Arabians Jupiter. If, then, an Ethiopian were from any accident to fall into the hands of the Arabians, and were to be judged guilty of impiety because he did not worship Urania, and for this reason should incur the danger of death, would it be proper for the Ethiopian to die, or to act contrary to his country’s laws, and do obeisance to Urania? Now, if it would be proper for him to act contrary to the laws of his country, he will do what is not right, so far as the language of Celsus is any standard; while, if he should be led away to death, let him show the reasonableness of selecting such a fate. I know not whether, if the Ethiopian doctrine taught men to philosophize on the immortality of the soul, and the honour which is paid to religion, they would reverence those as deities who are deemed to be such by the laws of the country. A similar illustration may be employed in the case of the Arabians, if from any accident they happened to visit the Ethiopians about Meroe. For, having been taught to worship Urania and Bacchus alone, they will not worship Jupiter along with the Ethiopians; and if, adjudged guilty of impiety, they should be led away to death, let Celsus tell us what it would be reasonable on their part to do. And with regard to the fables which relate to Osiris and Isis, it is superfluous and out of place at present to enumerate them. For although an allegorical meaning may be given to the fables, they will nevertheless teach us to offer divine worship to cold water, and to the earth, which is subject to men, and all the animal creation. For in this way, I presume, they refer Osiris to water, and Isis to earth; while with regard to Serapis the accounts are numerous and conflicting, to the effect that very recently he appeared in public, agreeably to certain juggling tricks performed at the desire of Ptolemy, who wished to show to the people of Alexandria as it were a visible god. And we have read in the writings of Numenius the Pythagorean regarding his formation, that he partakes of the essence of all the animals and plants that are under the control of nature, that he may appear to have been fashioned into a god, not by the makers of images alone, with the aid of profane mysteries, and juggling tricks employed to invoke demons, but also by magicians and sorcerers, and those demons who are bewitched by their incantations.
Βούλομαι δὲ παραστῆσαι, τίνα τρόπον οὐκ εὐλόγως ὁ Κέλσος φησὶν ἕκαστον τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ πάτρια σέβειν. φησὶ γὰρ οὗτος τοὺς οἰκοῦντας τὴν Μερόην Αἰθίοπας δύο μόνους εἰδέναι θεοὺς, Δία καὶ Διόνυσον, καὶ αὐτοὺς μόνους σέβειν τοὺς δ᾿ Ἀραβίους καὶ αὐτοὺς δύο μόνους, Διόνυσον μὲν ὡς καὶ Αἰθίοπες, Οὐρανίαν δὲ ἰδίαν. κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν αὐτοῦ οὔτ᾿ Αἰθίοπες Οὐρανίαν σέβουσιν οὔτε Ἀράβιοι Δία. ἆρ᾿ οὖν ἐάν τις Αἰθιόπων, ἔκ τινος περιστάσεως γενόμενος παρὰ τοῖς Ἀραβίοις, ἀσεβὴς εἶναι νομισθῇ ὡς τὴν Οὐρανίαν οὐ σέβων καὶ παρὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ κινδυνεύῃ, καθήξει τῷ Αἰθίοπι ἀποθανεῖν ἢ παρὰ τὰ πάτρια ποιεῖν καὶ προσκυνεῖν τὴν Οὐρανίαν; εἰ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τὰ πάτρια ποιεῖν αὐτὸν καθήξει, οὐχ ὅσιον ποιήσει ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ Κέλσου λόγοις· εἰ δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἀπαχθείη, παραστησάτω τὸ εὔλογον τοῦ αἱρεῖσθαι θάνατον, οὐκ οἶδα εἰ τοῦ Αἰθιόπων λόγου φιλοσοφεῖν διδάσκοντος περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας καὶ τιμῆς τῆς ἐπὶ εὐσεβείᾳ, εἰ (κατὰ) τοὺς πατρίους νόμους σέβοιεν νομιζομένους θεούς. τὸ δ᾿ ὅμοιον ἔστιν εἰπεῖν καὶ περὶ Ἀραβίων, ἔκ τινος περιστάσεως ἐπιδημησάντων Αἰθίοψι τοῖς περὶ Μερόην. καὶ οὗτοι γὰρ μόνους διδαχθέντες σέβειν Οὐρανίαν καὶ Διόνυσον οὐ προσκυνήσουσι τὸν Δία μετὰ τῶν Αἰθιόπων· καὶ ἀσεβεῖν νομισθέντες εἰ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [ἂν] ἀπάγοιντο, τί ἂν εὐλόγως ποιήσαιεν, λεγέτω ὁ Κέλσος.
τοὺς δὲ περὶ Ὄσιριν καὶ Ἶσιν μύθους περισσόν ἐστιν ἡμῖν νῦν καταλέγειν καὶ οὐκ εὔκαιρον. κἂν τροπολογῶνται δὲ οἱ μῦθοι. τὸ ἄψυχον ἡμᾶς ὕδωρ σέβειν διδάξουσι καὶ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἀνθρώποις καὶ πᾶσι ζῴοις γῆν. οὕτω γὰρ οἶμαι μεταλαμβάνουσι τὸν μὲν Ὄσιριν εἰς ὕδωρ τὴν δὲ Ἶσιν εἰς γῆν. περὶ δὲ Σαράπιδος πολλὴ καὶ διάφωνος ἱστορία, χθὲς καὶ πρώην εἰς μέσον ἐλθόντος κατά τινας μαγγανείας τοῦ βουληθέντος Πτολεμαίου οἱονεὶ ἐπιφανῆ δεῖξαι τοῖς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ θεόν. ἀνέγνωμεν δὲ παρὰ Νουμηνίῳ τῷ Πυθαγορείῳ περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἄρα πάντων τῶν ὑπὸ φύσεως διοικουμένων μετέχει οὐσίας ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν· ἵνα δόξῃ μετὰ τῶν ἀτελέστων τελετῶν καὶ τῶν καλουσῶν δαίμονας μαγγανειῶν οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀγαλματοποιῶν μόνων κατασκευάζεσθαι θεὸς ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ μάγων καὶ φαρμακῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπῳδαῖς αὐτῶν κηλουμένων δαιμόνων.
5.39 Chapter XXXIX
We must therefore inquire what may be fittingly eaten or not by the rational and gentle animal, which acts always in conformity with reason; and not worship at random, sheep, or goats, or kine; to abstain from which is an act of moderation, for much advantage is derived by men from these animals. Whereas, is it not the most foolish of all things to spare crocodiles, and to treat them as sacred to some fabulous divinity or other? For it is a mark of exceeding stupidity to spare those animals which do not spare us, and to bestow care on those which make a prey of human beings. But Celsus approves of those who, in keeping with the laws of their country, worship and tend crocodiles, and not a word does he say against them, while the Christians appear deserving of censure, who have been taught to loath evil, and to turn away from wicked works, and to reverence and honour virtue as being generated by God, and as being His Son. For we must not, on account of their feminine name and nature, regard wisdom and righteousness as females; for these things are in our view the Son of God, as His genuine disciple has shown, when he said of Him, “Who of God is made to us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption.” And although we may call Him a “second” God, let men know that by the term “second God” we mean nothing else than a virtue capable of including all other virtues, and a reason capable of containing all reason whatsoever which exists in all things, which have arisen naturally, directly, and for the general advantage, and which “reason,” we say, dwelt in the soul of Jesus, and was united to Him in a degree far above all other souls, seeing He alone was enabled completely to receive the highest share in the absolute reason, and the absolute wisdom, and the absolute righteousness.
Χρὴ οὖν ζητεῖν τὸ ἁρμοζόντως τῷ λογικῷ καὶ ἡμέρῳ ζῴῳ καὶ λελογισμένως πάντα πράττοντι βρωτὸν καὶ οὐ βρωτὸν. καὶ μὴ κατὰ ἀποκλήρωσιν σέβειν ὄϊς ἢ αἶγας ἢ τὰς θηλείας βοῦς. καὶ τούτων μὲν ἀπέχεσθαι μέτριον, πολὺ γὰρ χρήσιμον ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ζῴων ἀνθρώποις γίνεται· τὸ δὲ καὶ κροκοδείλων φείδεσθαι, καὶ εἶναι ἱεροὺς αὐτοὺς οὐκ οἶδα τίνος μυθολογουμένου θεοῦ, πῶς οὐκ ἔστι πάντων ἠλιθιώτατον; σφόδρα γὰρ ἐμβροντήτων ἐστὶ τὸ φείδεσθαι ζῴων οὐ φειδομένων καὶ περιέπειν ζῷα ἀνθρώπους καταθοινώμενα. ἀλλὰ Κέλσῳ ἀρέσκουσι μὲν οἱ κατά τινα πάτρια κροκοδείλους σέβοντες καὶ περιέποντες, καὶ οὐδεὶς λόγος κατ᾿ ἐκείνων αὐτῷ γέγραπται· ψεκτοὶ δ᾿ εἶναι φαίνονται Χριστιανοὶ, τὴν κακίαν βδελύσσεσθαι διδασκόμενοι καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ κακίας ἔργα ἐκτρέπεσθαι, τὴν δ᾿ ἀρετὴν σέβειν καὶ τιμᾶν ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγενημένην καὶ οὖσαν υἱὸν θεοῦ. οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸ θηλυκὸν ὄνομα καὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ θήλειαν νομιστέον εἶναι τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἅπερ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς ὁ γνήσιος αὐτοῦ μαθητὴς παρέστησε λέγων περὶ αὐτοῦ· „ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις.“ κἂν δεύτερον οὖν λέγωμεν θεὸν, ἴστωσαν ὅτι τὸν δεύτερον θεὸν οὐκ ἄλλο τι λέγομεν ἢ τὴν περιεκτικὴν πασῶν ἀρετῶν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὸν περιεκτικὸν παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν λόγου τῶν κατὰ φύσιν καὶ προηγουμένως γεγενημένων καὶ εἰς χρήσιμον τοῦ παντὸς λόγον· ὅντινα τῇ Ἰησοῦ μάλιστα παρὰ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ᾠκειῶσθαι καὶ ἡνῶσθαί φαμεν, μόνου τελείως χωρῆσαι δεδυνημένου τὴν ἄκραν μετοχὴν τοῦ αὐτολόγου καὶ τῆς αὐτοσοφίας καὶ τῆς αὐτοδικαιοσύνης.
5.40 Chapter XL
But since, after Celsus had spoken to the above effect of the different kinds of laws, he adds the following remark, “Pindar appears to me to be correct in saying that law is king of all things,” let us proceed to discuss this assertion. What law do you mean to say, good sir, is “king of all things?” If you mean those which exist in the various cities, then such an assertion is not true. For all men are not governed by the same law. You ought to have said that “laws are kings of all men,” for in every nation some law is king of all. But if you mean that which is law in the proper sense, then it is this which is by nature “king of all things;” although there are some individuals who, having like robbers abandoned the law, deny its validity, and live lives of violence and injustice. We Christians, then, who have come to the knowledge of the law which is by nature “king of all things,” and which is the same with the law of God, endeavour to regulate our lives by its prescriptions, having bidden a long farewell to those of an unholy kind.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοιαῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ Κέλσος περὶ τῶν διαφόρων νόμων ἐπιφέρει ὅτι ὀρθῶς μοι δοκεῖ Πίνδαρος ποιῆσαι, νόμον πάντων βασιλέα φήσας εἶναι, φέρε καὶ περὶ τούτου διαλεχθῶμεν. τίνα φῂς, ὦ οὗτος, νόμον πάντων εἶναι βασιλέα; εἰ μὲν τοὺς κατὰ πόλιν, ψεῦδος τὸ τοιοῦτον· οὐ γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ νόμου πάντες βασιλεύονται· καὶ χρῆν, εἰ ἄρα, λελέχθαι· νόμοι πάντων βασιλεῖς, ἑκάστου γὰρ ἔθνους τῶν πάντων νόμος τις βασιλεύς. εἰ δὲ κυρίως ἀκούεις τοῦ νόμου, ὁ φύσει βασιλεὺς τῶν πάντων οὗτός ἐστιν· εἰ καί τινες δίκην λῃστῶν, ἀποστάντων τοῦ νόμου. τοῦτον μὲν ἀρνοῦνται λῃστρικῶς δὲ καὶ ἀδικητικῶς διαζῶσιν. ἡμεῖς οὖν οἱ Χριστιανοὶ τὸν τῇ φύσει πάντων βασιλέα ἐπιγνόντες νόμον, τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, κατ᾿ αὐτὸν βιοῦν πειρώμεθα, μακρὰν χαίρειν φράσαντες τοῖς οὐ νόμοις νόμοις.
5.41 Chapter XLI
Let us notice the charges which are next advanced by Celsus, in which there is exceedingly little that has reference to the Christians, as most of them refer to the Jews. His words are: “If, then, in these respects the Jews were carefully to preserve their own law, they are not to be blamed for so doing, but those persons rather who have forsaken their own usages, and adopted those of the Jews. And if they pride themselves on it, as being possessed of superior wisdom, and keep aloof from intercourse with others, as not being equally pure with themselves, they have already heard that their doctrine concerning heaven is not peculiar to them, but, to pass by all others, is one which has long ago been received by the Persians, as Herodotus somewhere mentions. ‘For they have a custom,’ he says, ‘of going up to the tops of the mountains, and of offering sacrifices to Jupiter, giving the name of Jupiter to the whole circle of the heavens.’ And I think,” continues Celsus, “that it makes no difference whether you call the highest being Zeus, or Zen, or Adonai, or Sabaoth, or Ammoun like the Egyptians, or Pappæus like the Scythians. Nor would they be deemed at all holier than others in this respect, that they observe the rite of circumcision, for this was done by the Egyptians and Colchians before them; nor because they abstain from swine’s flesh, for the Egyptians practised abstinence not only from it, but from the flesh of goats, and sheep, and oxen, and fishes as well; while Pythagoras and his disciples do not eat beans, nor anything that contains life. It is not probable, however, that they enjoy God’s favour, or are loved by Him differently from others, or that angels were sent from heaven to them alone, as if they had had allotted to them ‘some region of the blessed,’ for we see both themselves and the country of which they were deemed worthy. Let this band, then, take its departure, after paying the penalty of its vaunting, not having a knowledge of the great God, but being led away and deceived by the artifices of Moses, having become his pupil to no good end.”
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῷ Κέλσῳ λεγόμενα. ἐν οἷς σφόδρα μὲν ἐλάχιστά ἐστι τὰ περὶ Χριστιανῶν πλεῖστα δὲ ὅσα περὶ Ἰουδαίων. φησὶν οὖν· εἰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ ταῦτα περιστέλλοιεν Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν ἴδιον νόμον, οὐ μεμπτὰ αὐτῶν, ἐκείνων δὲ μᾶλλον, τῶν καταλιπόντων τὰ σφέτερα καὶ τὰ Ἰουδαίων προσποιουμένων. εἰ δ᾿ ὥς τι σοφώτερον εἰδότες σεμνύνονταί τε καὶ τὴν ἄλλων κοινωνίαν (ὡς) οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου καθαρῶν ἀποστρέφονται, ἤδη ἀκηκόασιν ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ περὶ οὐρανοῦ δόγμα ἴδιον λέγουσιν ἀλλ᾿, ἵνα πάντα ἐάσω, καὶ Πέρσαις, ὥς που δηλοῖ καὶ Ἡρόδοτος, πάλαι δεδογμένον. „νομίζουσι γὰρ,“ φησὶ, „Διῒ μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνοντες θυσίας ἔρδειν, τὸν κύκλον πάντα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Δία καλέοντες.“ οὐδὲν οὖν οἶμαι διαφέρειν Δία Ὕψιστον καλεῖν ἢ Ζῆνα ἢ Ἀδωναῖον ἢ Σαβαὼθ ἢ Ἀμοῦν, ὡς Αἰγύπτιοι, ἢ Παπαῖον, ὡς Σκύθαι. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ κατὰ ταῦτα ἁγιώτεροι τῶν ἄλλων ἂν εἶεν. ὅτι περιτέμνονται· τοῦτο γὰρ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ Κόλχοι πρότεροι· οὐδ᾿ ὅτι συῶν ἀπέχονται· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτ᾿ Αἰγύπτιοι, καὶ προσέτι αἰγῶν τε καὶ οἰῶν καὶ βοῶν (τε) καὶ ἰχθύων, καὶ κυάμων γε Πυθαγόρας τε καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ ἐμψύχων ἁπάντων. οὐ μὴν οὐδ᾿ εὐδοκιμεῖν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ καὶ στέργεσθαι διαφόρως τι τῶν ἄλλων τούτους εἰκὸς, καὶ πέμπεσθαι μόνοις αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖθεν ἀγγέλους. οἷον δή τινα μακάρων χώραν λαχοῦσιν· ὁρῶμεν γὰρ αὐτούς τε καὶ τὴν χώραν τίνων ἠξίωνται.
οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ χορὸς ἀπίτω δίκην ἀλαζονείας ὑποσχὼν, οὐκ εἰδὼς τὸν μέγαν θεὸν ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς Μωϋσέως γοητείας ὑπαχθείς τε καὶ ψευσθεὶς κἀκείνης οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ τέλει γεγονὼς μαθητής.
5.42 Chapter XLII
It is evident that, by the preceding remarks, Celsus charges the Jews with falsely giving themselves out as the chosen portion of the Supreme God above all other nations. And he accuses them of boasting, because they gave out that they knew the great God, although they did not really know Him, but were led away by the artifices of Moses, and were deceived by him, and became his disciples to no good end. Now we have in the preceding pages already spoken in part of the venerable and distinguished polity of the Jews, when it existed amongst them as a symbol of the city of God, and of His temple, and of the sacrificial worship offered in it and at the altar of sacrifice. But if any one were to turn his attention to the meaning of the legislator, and to the constitution which he established, and were to examine the various points relating to him, and compare them with the present method of worship among other nations, there are none which he would admire to a greater degree; because, so far as can be accomplished among mortals, everything that was not of advantage to the human race was withheld from them, and only those things which are useful bestowed. And for this reason they had neither gymnastic contests, nor scenic representations, nor horse-races; nor were there among them women who sold their beauty to any one who wished to have sexual intercourse without offspring, and to cast contempt upon the nature of human generation. And what an advantage was it to be taught from their tender years to ascend above all visible nature, and to hold the belief that God was not fixed anywhere within its limits, but to look for Him on high, and beyond the sphere of all bodily substance! And how great was the advantage which they enjoyed in being instructed almost from their birth, and as soon as they could speak, in the immortality of the soul, and in the existence of courts of justice under the earth, and in the rewards provided for those who have lived righteous lives! These truths, indeed, were proclaimed in the veil of fable to children, and to those whose views of things were childish; while to those who were already occupied in investigating the truth, and desirous of making progress therein, these fables, so to speak, were transfigured into the truths which were concealed within them. And I consider that it was in a manner worthy of their name as the “portion of God” that they despised all kinds of divination, as that which bewitches men to no purpose, and which proceeds rather from wicked demons than from anything of a better nature; and sought the knowledge of future events in the souls of those who, owing to their high degree of purity, received the spirit of the Supreme God.
Δῆλον δ᾿ ὅτι ἐν τούτοις ἐγκαλεῖ Ἰουδαίοις ὡς ψευδῶς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι ἐκλεκτὴν μερίδα παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ. καὶ ἀλαζονείας γοῦν αὐτῶν κατηγορεῖ ὡς αὐχούντων μὲν τὸν μέγαν θεὸν, οὐκ εἰδότων δ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀλλ᾿ ὑπαχθέντων τῇ Μωϋσέως γοητείᾳ καὶ ψευσθέντων ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ τέλει μαθητευθέντων αὐτῷ. ἀπὸ μέρους μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων λέλεκται τὰ τῆς σεμνῆς καὶ ἐξαιρέτου Ἰουδαίων πολιτείας, ἡνίκα αὐτοῖς συνειστήκει τὸ σύμβολον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ πόλεως καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς παρ᾿ αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ἱερατικῆς λατρείας· εἰ δέ τις ἐπερείσας τὴν διάνοιαν τῷ τοῦ νομοθέτου βουλήματι καὶ τῇ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν πολιτείᾳ ἐξετάζων τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς συγκρίνοι τῇ νῦν ἀγωγῇ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐθνῶν, οὐδένας μᾶλλον ἂν θαυμάσαι ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις πάντα μὲν τὰ μὴ χρήσιμα τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων περιῃρημένους μόνα δὲ τὰ εὔχρηστα παραδεξαμένους. διὸ οὐδ᾿ ἀγῶνες ἦσαν γυμνικοὶ ἢ θυμελικοὶ ἢ ἱππικοὶ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ γυναῖκες πιπράσκουσαι τὴν ὥραν παντὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ σπείρειν κενῶς καὶ ἐνυβρίζειν τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σπερμάτων.
ὁποῖον δ᾿ ἦν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὸ ἐξ ἔτι ἁπαλῶν ὀνύχων διδάσκεσθαι ὑπεραναβαίνειν μὲν πᾶσαν τὴν αἰσθητὴν φύσιν καὶ μηδαμοῦ αὐτῆς νομίζειν ἱδρῦσθαι τὸν θεὸν, ἄνω δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰ σώματα ζητεῖν αὐτόν; πηλίκον δὲ τὸ σχεδὸν ἅμα γενέσει καὶ συμπληρώσει τοῦ λόγου διδάσκεσθαι αὐτοὺς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀθανασίαν καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆν δικαιωτήρια καὶ τὰς τιμὰς τῶν καλῶς βεβιωκότων; ἅπερ ἔτι μυθικώτερον μὲν παισὶ καὶ τὰ παίδων φρονοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἐκηρύσσετο, ἤδη δὲ ζητοῦσι τὸν λόγον καὶ βουλομένοις ἐν αὐτῷ προκόπτειν οἱ τέως μῦθοι, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω. μετεμορφοῦντο εἰς τὴν ἐναποκεκρυμμένην αὐτοῖς ἀλήθειαν. ἐγὼ δὲ νομίζω ἀξίως τοῦ χρηματίζειν αὐτοὺς μερίδα θεοῦ πάσης μὲν μαντείας ὡς μάτην κηλούσης τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καταπεφρονηκέναι, καὶ ἀπὸ δαιμόνων μοχθηρῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπό τινος κρείττονος φύσεως ἐρχομένης. ζητεῖν δὲ τὴν τῶν μελλόντων γνῶσιν ἐν ψυχαῖς. δι᾿ ἄκραν καθαρότητα παραδεξαμέναις πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ.
5.43 Chapter XLIII
But what need is there to point out how agreeable to sound reason, and unattended with injury either to master or slave, was the law that one of the same faith should not be allowed to continue in slavery more than six years? The Jews, then, cannot be said to preserve their own law in the same points with the other nations. For it would be censurable in them, and would involve a charge of insensibility to the superiority of their law, if they were to believe that they had been legislated for in the same way as the other nations among the heathen. And although Celsus will not admit it, the Jews nevertheless are possessed of a wisdom superior not only to that of the multitude, but also of those who have the appearance of philosophers; because those who engage in philosophical pursuits, after the utterance of the most venerable philosophical sentiments, fall away into the worship of idols and demons, whereas the very lowest Jew directs his look to the Supreme God alone; and they do well, indeed, so far as this point is concerned, to pride themselves thereon, and to keep aloof from the society of others as accursed and impious. And would that they had not sinned, and transgressed the law, and slain the prophets in former times, and in these latter days conspired against Jesus, that we might be in possession of a pattern of a heavenly city which even Plato would have sought to describe; although I doubt whether he could have accomplished as much as was done by Moses and those who followed him, who nourished a “chosen generation,” and “a holy nation,” dedicated to God, with words free from all superstition.
Τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐξεῖναι δουλεύειν τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ὁρμώμενον δογμάτων πλεῖον ἐτῶν ἓξ πῶς ἐστι λελογισμένον καὶ οὔτε τὸν δεσπότην οὔτε τὸν δοῦλον ἀδικοῦν, τί χρὴ λέγειν; οὐ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ οὖν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσι περιστέλλοιεν ἂν Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν ἴδιον νόμον. μεμπτὸν γάρ ἐστιν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀναισθησίας ἔγκλημα ἐπάγον τῆς περὶ τῆς τῶν νόμων ὑπεροχῆς. εἰ νομίζοιεν αὐτοὺς ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις γεγράφθαι τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη. κἂν μὴ βούληται δὲ Κέλσος, σοφώτερόν τι εἰσὶν εἰδότες Ἰουδαῖοι οὐ μόνον τῶν πολλῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφεῖν δοκούντων. ὅτι οἱ μὲν φιλοσοφοῦντες μετὰ τοὺς σεμνοὺς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λόγους καταπίπτουσιν ἐπὶ τὰ εἴδωλα καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας, Ἰουδαίων δὲ καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος μόνῳ ἐνορᾷ τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ· καὶ καλῶς γε ὅσον ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνονται καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἐναγῶν καὶ ἀσεβῶν ἐκτρέπονται κοινωνίαν. καὶ εἴθε αὐτοῖς μὴ ἡμάρτητο παρανομήσασι καὶ πρότερον μὲν „τοὺς προφήτας“ ἀποκτείνασιν ὕστερον δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπιβουλεύσασιν· ἵν᾿ ἔχωμεν παράδειγμα πόλεως οὐρανίας, ἣν ἐζήτησε μὲν διαγράψαι καὶ Πλάτων οὐκ οἶδα δὲ εἰ τοσοῦτον δεδύνηται, ὅσον Μωϋσῆς ἴσχυσε καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν, „γένος τι ἐκλεκτὸν“ καὶ „ἔθνος ἅγιον“ καὶ θεῷ ἀνακείμενον ἐντρέφοντες λόγοις καθαροῖς ἀπὸ πάσης δεισιδαιμονίας.
5.44 Chapter XLIV
But as Celsus would compare the venerable customs of the Jews with the laws of certain nations, let us proceed to look at them. He is of opinion, accordingly, that there is no difference between the doctrine regarding “heaven” and that regarding “God;” and he says that “the Persians, like the Jews, offer sacrifices to Jupiter upon the tops of the mountains,”—not observing that, as the Jews were acquainted with one God, so they had only one holy house of prayer, and one altar of whole burnt-offerings, and one censer for incense, and one high priest of God. The Jews, then, had nothing in common with the Persians, who ascend the summits of their mountains, which are many in number, and offer up sacrifices which have nothing in common with those which are regulated by the Mosaic code,—in conformity to which the Jewish priests “served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things,” explaining enigmatically the object of the law regarding the sacrifices, and the things of which these sacrifices were the symbols. The Persians therefore may call the “whole circle of heaven” Jupiter; but we maintain that “the heaven” is neither Jupiter nor God, as we indeed know that certain beings of a class inferior to God have ascended above the heavens and all visible nature: and in this sense we understand the words, “Praise God, ye heaven of heavens, and ye waters that be above the heavens: let them praise the name of the Lord.”
Ἐπεὶ δὲ βούλεται Κέλσος κοινοποιεῖν τὰ σεμνὰ Ἰουδαίων ἐθνῶν τινων νόμοις. φέρε καὶ ταῦτα θεωρήσωμεν. νομίζει τοίνυν τὸ περὶ οὐρανοῦ δόγμα μηδὲν διαφέρειν τοῦ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καί φησι παραπλησίως τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοὺς Πέρσας τῷ Διῒ θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖν. ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνοντας οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι Ἰουδαῖοι ὡς ἕνα θεὸν ἠπίσταντο. οὕτως ἕνα τὸν τῆς προσευχῆς ἅγιον οἶκον καὶ ἓν τὸ τῶν ὁλοκαρπωμάτων θυσιαστήριον καὶ ἓν τὸ τῶν θυμιαμάτων θυμιατήριον καὶ ἕνα τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρχιερέα. οὐδὲν οὖν κοινὸν πρὸς Πέρσας ἦν Ἰουδαίοις, ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων, πλειόνων ὄντων, ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ θυσίας ἐπιτελοῦντας, οὐδὲν παραπλήσιον ἐχούσας ταῖς κατὰ τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον· καθ᾿ ὃν „ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ“ ἐλάτρευον „τῶν ἐπουρανίων“ οἱ Ἰουδαίων ἱερεῖς, ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ διηγούμενοι τὸ τοῦ νόμου περὶ τῶν θυσιῶν βούλημα καὶ ὧν σύμβολα ἦσαν αὗται. Πέρσαι τοίνυν πάντα τὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κύκλον Δία καλείτωσαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ οὔτε Δία οὔτε τὸν θεόν φαμεν εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν, οἵ γε ἐπιστάμεθα καὶ τινα τῶν ἡττόνων τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπεραναβεβηκέναι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν αἰσθητὴν φύσιν. καὶ οὕτω γε συνίεμεν τοῦ· „αἰνεῖτε τὸν θεὸν οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν· αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου.“
5.45 Chapter XLV
As Celsus, however, is of opinion that it matters nothing whether the highest being be called Jupiter, or Zen, or Adonai, or Sabaoth, or Ammoun (as the Egyptians term him), or Pappæus (as the Scythians entitle him), let us discuss the point for a little, reminding the reader at the same time of what has been said above upon this question, when the language of Celsus led us to consider the subject. And now we maintain that the nature of names is not, as Aristotle supposes, an enactment of those who impose them. For the languages which are prevalent among men do not derive their origin from men, as is evident to those who are able to ascertain the nature of the charms which are appropriated by the inventors of the languages differently, according to the various tongues, and to the varying pronunciations of the names, on which we have spoken briefly in the preceding pages, remarking that when those names which in a certain language were possessed of a natural power were translated into another, they were no longer able to accomplish what they did before when uttered in their native tongues. And the same peculiarity is found to apply to men; for if we were to translate the name of one who was called from his birth by a certain appellation in the Greek language into the Egyptian or Roman, or any other tongue, we could not make him do or suffer the same things which he would have done or suffered under the appellation first bestowed upon him. Nay, even if we translated into the Greek language the name of an individual who had been originally invoked in the Roman tongue, we could not produce the result which the incantation professed itself capable of accomplishing had it preserved the name first conferred upon him. And if these statements are true when spoken of the names of men, what are we to think of those which are transferred, for any cause whatever, to the Deity? For example, something is transferred from the name Abraham when translated into Greek, and something is signified by that of Isaac, and also by that of Jacob; and accordingly, if any one, either in an invocation or in swearing an oath, were to use the expression, “the God of Abraham,” and “the God of Isaac,” and “the God of Jacob,” he would produce certain effects, either owing to the nature of these names or to their powers, since even demons are vanquished and become submissive to him who pronounces these names; whereas if we say, “the god of the chosen father of the echo, and the god of laughter, and the god of him who strikes with the heel,” the mention of the name is attended with no result, as is the case with other names possessed of no power. And in the same way, if we translate the word “Israel” into Greek or any other language, we shall produce no result; but if we retain it as it is, and join it to those expressions to which such as are skilled in these matters think it ought to be united, there would then follow some result from the pronunciation of the word which would accord with the professions of those who employ such invocations. And we may say the same also of the pronunciation of “Sabaoth,” a word which is frequently employed in incantations; for if we translate the term into “Lord of hosts,” or “Lord of armies,” or “Almighty” (different acceptation of it having been proposed by the interpreters), we shall accomplish nothing; whereas if we retain the original pronunciation, we shall, as those who are skilled in such matters maintain, produce some effect. And the same observation holds good of Adonai. If, then, neither “Sabaoth” nor “Adonai,” when rendered into what appears to be their meaning in the Greek tongue, can accomplish anything, how much less would be the result among those who regard it as a matter of indifference whether the highest being be called Jupiter, or Zen, or Adonai, or Sabaoth!
Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ Κέλσος οἴεται μηδὲν διαφέρειν Δία Ὕψιστον καλεῖν ἢ Ζῆνα ἢ Ἀδωναῖον ἢ Σαβαὼθ ἢ, ὡς Αἰγύπτιοι, Ἀμοῦν ἢ, ὡς Σκύθαι, Παπαῖον, φέρε καὶ περὶ τούτων ὀλίγα διαλεχθῶμεν, ὑπομιμνήσκοντες ἅμα τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα καὶ τῶν ἀνωτέρω εἰς τὸ τοιοῦτον πρόβλημα εἰρημένων, ὅτ᾿ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ἡ Κέλσου λέξις ἐπὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα. καὶ νῦν οὖν φαμεν ὅτι ἡ τῶν ὀνομάτων φύσις οὐ θεμένων εἰσὶ νόμοι, ὡς Ἀριστοτέλης οἴεται. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχουσιν αἱ ἐν ἀνθρώποις διάλεκτοι, ὡς δῆλον τοῖς ἐφιστάνειν δυναμένοις φύσει ἐπῳδῶν, οἰκειουμένων κατὰ τὰς διαφόρους διαλέκτους καὶ τοὺς διαφόρους φθόγγους τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῖς πατράσι τῶν διαλέκτων· περὶ ὧν ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον διειλήφαμεν, λέγοντες ὅτι καὶ μεταλαμβανόμενα εἰς ἄλλην διάλεκτον τὰ πεφυκότα δύνασθαι ἐν τῇ δεῖνα διαλέκτῳ οὐκέτι ἀνύει τι, ὡς ἤνυσεν ἐν ταῖς οἰκείαις φωναῖς. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων τὸ τοιοῦτον εὑρίσκεται· τὸν γὰρ ἀπὸ γενέσεως Ἑλλάδι διαλέκτῳ καλούμενον τὸν δεῖνα οὐκ ἂν μεταλαβόντες εἰς διάλεκτον Αἰγυπτίων ἢ Ῥωμαίων ἤ τινος ἄλλου ποιήσαιμεν παθεῖν ἢ δρᾶσαι, ἅπερ πάθοι ἢ δράσαι ἂν καλούμενος τῇ πρώτῃ θέσει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ῥωμαίων κληθέντα φωνῇ εἰ μεταλάβοιμεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα διάλεκτον, ποιήσαιμεν ἂν, ὅπερ ποιεῖν ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡ ἐπῳδὴ, τηροῦσα τὸ κατονομασθὲν αὐτῷ πρῶτον ὄνομα.
εἰ δὲ ταῦτα περὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ὀνομάτων λεγόμενά ἐστιν ἀληθῆ, τί χρὴ νομίζειν ἐπὶ τῶν δι᾿ ἡνδήποτε αἰτίαν ἀναφερομένων ἐπὶ τὸ θεῖον ὀνομάτων; μεταλαμβάνεται γάρ (τι) φέρ᾿ εἰπεῖν εἰς Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὀνόματος καὶ σημαίνεταί τι ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰσαὰκ προσηγορίας καὶ δηλοῦταί τι ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰακὼβ φωνῆς. καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ὁ καλῶν ἢ ὁ ὁρκῶν ὀνομάζῃ θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸν Ἰακὼβ, τόδε τι ποιήσαι ἂν ἤτοι διὰ τὴν τούτων (τῶν ὀνομάτων) φύσιν ἢ καὶ δύναμιν αὐτῶν, καὶ δαιμόνων νικωμένων καὶ ὑποταττομένων τῷ λέγοντι ταῦτα· ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ· ὁ θεὸς πατρὸς ἐκλεκτοῦ τῆς ἠχοῦς καὶ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ γέλωτος καὶ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ πτερνιστοῦ, οὕτως οὐδὲν ποιεῖ τὸ ὀνομαζόμενον ὡς οὐδ᾿ ἄλλο τι τῶν μηδεμίαν δύναμιν ἐχόντων. οὕτω δὲ κἂν μὲν μεταλάβωμεν τὸ Ἰσραὴλ ὄνομα εἰς Ἑλλάδα ἢ ἄλλην διάλεκτον, οὐδὲν ποιήσομεν· ἐὰν δὲ τηρήσωμεν αὐτὸ, προσάπτοντες οἷς οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὶ συμπλέκειν αὐτὸ ᾠήθησαν, τότε γένοιτ᾿ ἄν τι κατὰ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῶν τοιωνδὶ ἐπικλήσεων ἐκ τῆς τοιασδὶ φωνῆς. τὸ δ᾿ ὅμοιον ἐροῦμεν καὶ περὶ τῆς Σαβαὼθ φωνῆς, πολλαχοῦ τῶν ἐπῳδῶν παραλαμβανομένης, ὅτι μεταλαμβάνοντες μὲν τὸ ὄνομα εἰς τὸ „κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων“ ἢ „κύριος στρατιῶν“ ἢ „παντοκράτωρ“ (διαφόρως γὰρ αὐτὸ ἐξεδέξαντο οἱ ἑρμηνεύοντες αὐτὸ), οὐδὲν ποιήσομεν· τηροῦντες δ᾿ αὐτὸ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις φθόγγοις, ποιήσομέν τι, ὥς φασιν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοί. τὸ δ᾿ ὅμοιον ἐροῦμεν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἀδωναΐ. εἴπερ οὖν οὔτε τὸ Σαβαὼθ οὔτε τὸ Ἀδωναῒ, μεταλαμβανόμενα εἰς ἃ δοκεῖ σημαίνειν ἐν Ἑλλάδι φωνῇ, ἀνύει τι, πόσῳ πλέον οὐδὲν ἂν ποιήσαι οὐδὲ δυνηθείη παρὰ τοῖς μηδὲν διαφέρειν οἰομένοις Δία Ὕψιστον καλεῖν ἢ Ζῆνα ἢ Ἀδωναῖον ἢ Σαβαώθ;
5.46 Chapter XLVI
It was for these and similar mysterious reasons, with which Moses and the prophets were acquainted, that they forbade the name of other gods to be pronounced by him who bethought himself of praying to the one Supreme God alone, or to be remembered by a heart which had been taught to be pure from all foolish thoughts and words. And for these reasons we should prefer to endure all manner of suffering rather than acknowledge Jupiter to be God. For we do not consider Jupiter and Sabaoth to be the same, nor Jupiter to be at all divine, but that some demon, unfriendly to men and to the true God, rejoices under this title. And although the Egyptians were to hold Ammon before us under threat of death, we would rather die than address him as God, it being a name used in all probability in certain Egyptian incantations in which this demon is invoked. And although the Scythians may call Pappæus the supreme God, yet we will not yield our assent to this; granting, indeed, that there is a Supreme Deity, although we do not give the name Pappæus to Him as His proper title, but regard it as one which is agreeable to the demon to whom was allotted the desert of Scythia, with its people and its language. He, however, who gives God His title in the Scythian tongue, or in the Egyptian or in any language in which he has been brought up, will not be guilty of sin.
Ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀνάλογον ἀπόῤῥητα ἐπιστάμενοι Μωϋσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἀπαγορεύουσιν „ὄνομα θεῶν ἑτέρων“ ὀνομάζειν ἐν στόματι, μελετήσαντι τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι μόνῳ εὔχεσθαι θεῷ, καὶ ἀναμνημονεύειν ἐν καρδίᾳ, διδασκομένῃ καθαρεύειν ἀπὸ πάσης ματαιότητος νοημάτων καὶ λέξεων. καὶ διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα πᾶσαν αἰκίαν ὑπομένειν μᾶλλον αἱρούμεθα ἢ τὸν Δία ὁμολογῆσαι θεόν. οὐ γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνομεν Δία καὶ Σαβαὼθ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως θεῖόν τι τὸν Δία, δαίμονα δέ τινα χαίρειν οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενον, οὐ φίλον ἀνθρώποις οὐδὲ τῷ ἀληθινῷ θεῷ. κἂν Αἰγύπτιοι δὲ τὸν Ἀμοῦν ἡμῖν προτείνωσιν κόλασιν ἀπειλοῦντες, τεθνηξόμεθα μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν Ἀμοῦν ἀναγορεύσομεν θεὸν, παραλαμβανόμενον ὡς εἰκὸς ἔν τισιν Αἰγυπτίαις καλούσαις τὸν δαίμονα τοῦτον ἐπῳδαῖς. λεγέτωσαν δὲ καὶ Σκύθαι τὸν Παπαῖον θεὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν· ἀλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς οὐ πεισόμεθα. τιθέντες μὲν τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν. ὡς δὲ φίλον τῷ λαχόντι τὴν Σκυθῶν ἐρημίαν καὶ τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν διάλεκτον οὐκ ὀνομάζοντες τὸν θεὸν ὡς κυρίῳ ὀνόματι τῷ Παπαῖον. Σκυθιστὶ γὰρ τὸ προσηγορικὸν τὸν θεὸν καὶ Αἰγυπτιστὶ καὶ πάσῃ διαλέκτῳ, ᾗ ἕκαστος ἐντέθραπται. ὀνομάζων οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται.
5.47 Chapter XLVII
Now the reason why circumcision is practised among the Jews is not the same as that which explains its existence among the Egyptians and Colchians, and therefore it is not to be considered the same circumcision. And as he who sacrifices does not sacrifice to the same god, although he appears to perform the rite of sacrifice in a similar manner, and he who offers up prayer does not pray to the same divinity, although he asks the same things in his supplication; so, in the same way, if one performs the rite of circumcision, it by no means follows that it is not a different act from the circumcision performed upon another. For the purpose, and the law, and the wish of him who performs the rite, place the act in a different category. But that the whole subject may be still better understood, we have to remark that the term for “righteousness” is the same among all the Greeks; but righteousness is shown to be one thing according to the view of Epicurus; and another according to the Stoics, who deny the threefold division of the soul; and a different thing again according to the followers of Plato, who hold that righteousness is the proper business of the parts of the soul. And so also the “courage” of Epicures is one thing, who would undergo some labours in order to escape from a greater number; and a different thing that of the philosopher of the Porch, who would choose all virtue for its own sake; and a different thing still that of Plato, who maintains that virtue itself is the act of the irascible part of the soul, and who assigns to it a place about the breast. And so circumcision will be a different thing according to the varying opinions of those who undergo it. But on such a subject it is unnecessary to speak on this occasion in a treatise like the present; for whoever desires to see what led us to the subject, can read what we have said upon it in the Epistle of Paul to the Romans.
Τὸ δ᾿ αἴτιον τῆς Ἰουδαίων περιτομῆς οὐ ταὐτὸν ἐστι τῷ αἰτίῳ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων περιτομῆς ἢ Κόλχων· διὸ οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ νομισθείη ἂν περιτομή. καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ θύων οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ θύει, εἰ καὶ ὁμοίως θύειν δοκεῖ. καὶ ὁ εὐχόμενος οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ εὔχεται, εἰ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς ἀξιοῖ· οὕτως οὐδ᾿ εἴ τις περιτέμνεται, ἀδιαφορεῖ πάντως τῆς πρὸς ἕτερον περιτομῆς. ἡ γὰρ πρόθεσις καὶ ὁ νόμος καὶ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ περιτέμνοντος ἀλλοῖον ποιεῖ τὸ πρᾶγμα. ἵνα δ᾿ ἔτι μᾶλλον νοηθῇ τὸ κατὰ τὸν τόπον, λεκτέον ὅτι τὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὄνομα ταὐτὸν μέν ἐστι παρὰ πᾶσιν Ἕλλησιν· ἤδη δὲ ἀποδείκνυται ἄλλη μὲν ἡ κατ᾿ Ἐπίκουρον δικαιοσύνη, ἄλλη δὲ ἡ κατὰ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς, ἀρνουμένους τὸ τριμερὲς τῆς ψυχῆς, ἄλλη δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος, ἰδιοπραγίαν τῶν μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς φάσκοντας εἶναι τὴν δικαιοσύνην. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἄλλη μὲν ἡ Ἐπικούρου ἀνδρεία, ὑπομένοντος πόνους διὰ φυγὴν πόνων πλειόνων, ἄλλη δ᾿ ἡ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς, δι᾿ αὐτὴν αἱρουμένου πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν. ἄλλη δ᾿ ἡ ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος, τοῦ θυμικοῦ μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς φάσκοντος αὐτὴν εἶναι ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀποτάσσοντος αὐτῇ τόπον τὸν περὶ τὸν θώρακα. οὕτως δ᾿ εἴη ἂν κατὰ τὰ διάφορα τῶν περιτεμνομένων δόγματα διάφορος ἡ περιτομὴ, περὶ ἧς ἐν τοιούτῳ συγγράμματι οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον νῦν λέγειν· ὅτῳ γὰρ φίλον ἰδεῖν τὰ κινήσαντα ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἀναγνώτω περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς εἰς τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολὴν Παύλου πραγματευθεῖσιν ἡμῖν.
5.48 Chapter XLVIII
Although the Jews, then, pride themselves on circumcision, they will separate it not only from that of the Colchians and Egyptians, but also from that of the Arabian Ishmaelites; and yet the latter was derived from their ancestor Abraham, the father of Ishmael, who underwent the rite of circumcision along with his father. The Jews say that the circumcision performed on the eighth day is the principal circumcision, and that which is performed according to circumstances is different; and probably it was performed on account of the hostility of some angel towards the Jewish nation, who had the power to injure such of them as were not circumcised, but was powerless against those who had undergone the rite. This may be said to appear from what is written in the book of Exodus, where the angel before the circumcision of Eliezer was able to work against Moses, but could do nothing after his son was circumcised. And when Zipporah had learned this, she took a pebble and circumcised her child, and is recorded, according to the reading of the common copies, to have said, “The blood of my child’s circumcision is stayed,” but according to the Hebrew text, “A bloody husband art thou to me.” For she had known the story about a certain angel having power before the shedding of the blood, but who became powerless through the blood of circumcision. For which reason the words were addressed to Moses, “A bloody husband art thou to me.” But these things, which appear rather of a curious nature, and not level to the comprehension of the multitude, I have ventured to treat at such length; and now I shall only add, as becomes a Christian, one thing more, and shall then pass on to what follows. For this angel might have had power, I think, over those of the people who were not circumcised, and generally over all who worshipped only the Creator; and this power lasted so long as Jesus had not assumed a human body. But when He had done this, and had undergone the rite of circumcision in His own person, all the power of the angel over those who practise the same worship, but are not circumcised, was abolished; for Jesus reduced it to nought by (the power of) His unspeakable divinity. And therefore His disciples are forbidden to circumcise themselves, and are reminded (by the apostle): “If ye be circumcised, Christ shall profit you nothing.”
Κἂν σεμνύνωνται τοίνυν Ἰουδαῖοι τῇ περιτομῇ, χωρίσουσιν αὐτὴν οὐ μόνον τῆς Κόλχων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων περιτομῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς Ἰσμαηλιτῶν Ἀράβων, καίτοι γε ἀπὸ τοῦ προπάτορος αὐτῶν Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ Ἰσμαὴλ γεγενημένου καὶ σὺν ἐκείνῳ περιτεμνομένου. λέγουσι δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι τὴν μὲν ὀκταήμερον περιτομὴν εἶναι τὴν προηγουμένην, τὴν δὲ μὴ τοιαύτην ἐκ περιστάσεως· καὶ τάχα διά τινα πολέμιον τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει ἄγγελον αὐτὴ ἐτελεῖτο, δυνάμενον μὲν σίνεσθαι τοὺς μὴ περιτεμνομένους αὐτῶν, ἀτονοῦντα δὲ ἐν τοῖς περιτεμνομένοις. ὅπερ φήσει τις δηλοῦσθαι ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ γεγραμμένων, ἐν οἷς ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸ μὲν τῆς ιπερτομῆς τοῦ Ἐλιάζαρ ἐνεργεῖν ἐδύνατο κατὰ Μωϋσέως, περιτμηθέντος δ᾿ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν ἴσχυσε. καὶ τοιαῦτά γε μαθοῦσα ἡ „Σεπφώρα λαβοῦσα ψῆφον περιέτεμε“ τὸ παιδίον ἑαυτῆς, κατὰ μὲν τὰ κοινὰ τῶν ἀντιγράφων λέγειν ἀναγεγραμμένη τό· „ἔστη τὸ αἷμα τῆς περιτομῆς τοῦ παιδίου μου,“ κατὰ δὲ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν αὐτό· „νυμφίος αἱμάτων σύ μοι.“ ᾔδει γὰρ τὸν περὶ τοῦ τοιουδὶ ἀγγέλου λόγον, δυναμένου πρὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ παυομένου διὰ τὸ τῆς περιτομῆς αἷμα· ἐφ᾿ ᾧ καὶ ἐλέχθη αὐτῷ τό· „νυμφίος αἱμάτων σύ μοι.“
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν περιεργότερά πως εἶναι δοκοῦντα καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἀκοὴν παρακεκινδυνευμένως ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον λελέχθω, οἷς ἔτι ἓν ὡς Χριστιανῷ πρέπον προσθεὶς ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς μεταβήσομαι. ἐδύνατο γὰρ οὗτος οἶμαι ὁ ἄγγελος κατὰ τῶν μὴ περιτεμνομένων ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντων τῶν σεβόντων μόνον τὸν δημιουργὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτόν γε ἐδύνατο, ὅσον οὐκ ἀνειλήφει σῶμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ὅτε δ᾿ ἀνείληφε, καὶ περιετέμνετο τὸ ἐκείνου σῶμα, καθῃρέθη πᾶσα ἡ κατὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ ταύτῃ περιτεμνομένων δύναμις αὐτοῦ· ἀφάτῳ γὰρ θειότητι καθεῖλεν ἐκεῖνον ὁ Ἰησοῦς. διὸ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ἀπείρηται περιτέμνεσθαι καὶ λέγεται αὐτοῖς· „ὅτι ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε, Χριστὸς οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσει.“
5.49 Chapter XLIX
But neither do the Jews pride themselves upon abstaining from swine’s flesh, as if it were some great thing; but upon their having ascertained the nature of clean and unclean animals, and the cause of the distinction, and of swine being classed among the unclean. And these distinctions were signs of certain things until the advent of Jesus; after whose coming it was said to His disciple, who did not yet comprehend the doctrine concerning these matters, but who said, “Nothing that is common or unclean hath entered into my mouth,” “What God hath cleansed, call not thou common.” It therefore in no way affects either the Jews or us that the Egyptian priests abstain not only from the flesh of swine, but also from that of goats, and sheep, and oxen, and fish. But since it is not that “which entereth into the mouth that defiles a man,” and since “meat does not commend us to God,” we do not set great store on refraining from eating, nor yet are we induced to eat from a gluttonous appetite. And therefore, so far as we are concerned, the followers of Pythagoras, who abstain from all things that contain life may do as they please; only observe the different reason for abstaining from things that have life on the part of the Pythagoreans and our ascetics. For the former abstain on account of the fable about the transmigration of souls, as the poet says:—
“And some one, lifting up his beloved son,
Will slay him after prayer; O how foolish he!”
We, however, when we do abstain, do so because “we keep under our body, and bring it into subjection,” and desire “to mortify our members that are upon the earth, fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence;” and we use every effort to “mortify the deeds of the flesh.”
Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῷ συῶν ἀπέχεσθαι ὡς μεγάλῳ τινὶ Ἰουδαῖοι σεμνύνονται, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τὴν καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων ζῴων φύσιν μεμαθηκότες καὶ τὴν τούτου αἰτίαν ἐγνωκέναι καὶ τὸν σῦν ἐν ἀκαθάρτοις τετάχθαι. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ σύμβολά τινων ἦν μέχρι τῆς Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημίας, μεθ᾿ ὃν τῷ μαθητῇ αὐτοῦ λέλεκται, μηδέπω νοοῦντι τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον καὶ φάσκοντι· „οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου,“ τό· „ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισε σὺ μὴ κοίνου.“ οὔτ᾿ οὖν πρὸς Ἰουδαίους οὔτε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐστι τὸ οὐ μόνον συῶν ἀλλὰ προσέτι αἰγῶν καὶ οἰῶν καὶ βοῶν καὶ ἰχθύων ἀπέχεσθαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων ἱερεῖς. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ „οὐ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον.“ καὶ „βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ,“ οὐ μέγα φρονοῦμεν μὴ ἐσθίοντες οὐδ᾿ ἀπὸ γαστριμαργίας ἥκομεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐσθίειν. διόπερ τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν οἱ ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου ἐμψύχων ἀπεχόμενοι χαιρόντων. ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ αἰτίου τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Πυθαγόρου καὶ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀσκητῶν. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς μετενσωματουμένης μῦθον ἐμψύχων ἀπέχονται· καὶ τίς φίλον υἱὸν ἀείρας σφάξει ἐπευχόμενος μέγα νήπιος; ἡμεῖς δὲ κἂν τὸ τοιοῦτο πράττωμεν, ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸ, ἐπεὶ ὑπωπιάζομεν „τὸ σῶμα“ καὶ δουλαγωγοῦμεν καὶ βουλόμεθα νεκροῦν „τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, ἀσέλγειαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν“· καὶ πάντα γε πράττομεν, ἵνα „τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος“ θανατώσωμεν.
5.50 Chapter L
Celsus, still expressing his opinion regarding the Jews, says: “It is not probable that they are in great favour with God, or are regarded by Him with more affection than others, or that angels are sent by Him to them alone, as if to them had been allotted some region of the blessed. For we may see both the people themselves, and the country of which they were deemed worthy.” We shall refute this, by remarking that it is evident that this nation was in great favour with God, from the fact that the God who presides over all things was called the God of the Hebrews, even by those who were aliens to our faith. And because they were in favour with God, they were not abandoned by Him; but although few in number, they continued to enjoy the protection of the divine power, so that in the reign of Alexander of Macedon they sustained no injury from him, although they refused, on account of certain covenants and oaths, to take up arms against Darius. They say that on that occasion the Jewish high priest, clothed in his sacred robe, received obeisance from Alexander, who declared that he had beheld an individual arrayed in this fashion, who announced to him in his sleep that he was to be the subjugator of the whole of Asia. Accordingly, we Christians maintain that “it was the fortune of that people in a remarkable degree to enjoy God’s favour, and to be loved by Him in a way different from others;” but that this economy of things and this divine favour were transferred to us, after Jesus had conveyed the power which had been manifested among the Jews to those who had become converts to Him from among the heathen. And for this reason, although the Romans desired to perpetrate many atrocities against the Christians, in order to ensure their extermination, they were unsuccessful; for there was a divine hand which fought on their behalf, and whose desire it was that the word of God should spread from one corner of the land of Judea throughout the whole human race.
Ἔτι δὲ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀποφαινόμενος ὁ Κέλσος φησίν· οὐδ᾿ εὐδοκιμεῖν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ καὶ στέργεσθαι διαφόρως τι τῶν ἄλλων τούτους εἰκὸς, καὶ πέμπεσθαι μόνοις αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖθεν ἀγγέλους, οἷον δή τινα μακάρων χώραν λαχοῦσιν· ὁρῶμεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν χώραν τίνων ἠξίωνται. ἐλέγξομεν οὖν καὶ τοῦτο, λέγοντες ὅτι τὸ εὐδοκιμηκέναι τὸ ἔθνος τοῦτο παρὰ θεῷ δηλοῦται καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τῆς ἡμετέρας πίστεως Ἑβραίων καλεῖσθαι θεόν. καὶ ὡς εὐδοκιμοῦντές γε ὅσον οὐκ ἐγκατελείποντο, καίτοι γε ὀλίγοι τυγχάνοντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν, διετέλουν φρουρούμενοι ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμενως, ὡς μηδ᾿ ἐπὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνος παθεῖν τι αὐτοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καίτοι γε μὴ βουληθέντας διά τινας συνθήκας καὶ ὅρκους ἀναλαμβάνειν ὅπλα κατὰ τοῦ Δαρείου. τότε φασὶ καὶ τὸν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέα ἐνδύντα τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν προσκεκυνῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου, φάσκοντος ὦφθαι αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι † ἑωρακέναι τινὰ, ἐπαγγελλόμενον αὐτῷ „κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους“ ὑποτάξειν τὴν Ἀσίαν ὅλην. ἡμεῖς οὖν οἱ Χριστιανοί φαμεν τὸ μὲν εὐδοκιμεῖν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ καὶ στέργεσθαι διαφόρως τι τῶν ἄλλων πάνυ ἐκείνοις συμβεβηκέναι, ταύτην δὲ τὴν οἰκονομίαν μεταβεβηκέναι καὶ τὴν χάριν ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς, μεταστήσαντος τὴν ἐν Ἰουδαίοις δύναμιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύσαντας (αὐ)τῷ Ἰησοῦ. διὸ πολλὰ βουληθέντες Ῥωμαῖοι κατὰ Χριστιανῶν ἐπὶ τῷ κωλῦσαι αὐτοὺς ἔτι εἶναι οὐ δεδύνηνται· ἦν γὰρ ὑπερμαχοῦσα αὐτῶν θεία χεὶρ καὶ βουλομένη τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἀπὸ μιᾶς τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν γωνίας ἐπισπεῖραι ὅλῳ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
5.51 Chapter LI
But seeing that we have answered to the best of our ability the charges brought by Celsus against the Jews and their doctrine, let us proceed to consider what follows, and to prove that it is no empty boast on our part when we make a profession of knowing the great God, and that we have not been led away by any juggling tricks of Moses (as Celsus imagines), or even of our own Saviour Jesus; but that for a good end we listen to the God who speaks in Moses, and have accepted Jesus, whom he testifies to be God, as the Son of God, in hope of receiving the best rewards if we regulate our lives according to His word. And we shall willingly pass over what we have already stated by way of anticipation on the points, “whence we came and who is our leader, and what law proceeded from Him.” And if Celsus would maintain that there is no difference between us and the Egyptians, who worship the goat, or the ram, or the crocodile, or the ox, or the river-horse, or the dog-faced baboon, or the cat, he can ascertain if it be so, and so may any other who thinks alike on the subject. We, however, have to the best of our ability defended ourselves at great length in the preceding pages on the subject of the honour which we render to our Jesus, pointing out that we have found the better part; and that in showing that the truth which is contained in the teaching of Jesus Christ is pure and unmixed with error, we are not commending ourselves, but our Teacher, to whom testimony was borne through many witnesses by the Supreme God and the prophetic writings among the Jews, and by the very clearness of the case itself, for it is demonstrated that He could not have accomplished such mighty works without the divine help.
Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν λέλεκται πρὸς τὸν Κέλσον κατηγοροῦντα Ἰουδαίων καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν τὰ ἐκκείμενα. φέρε τὰ ἑξῆς ἐκθέμενοι παραστήσωμεν ὅτι οὔτε ἀλαζονευόμεθα ἐπαγγελλόμενοι εἰδέναι τὸν μέγαν θεὸν οὔτε γοητείᾳ. ὡς Κέλσος οἴεται. ὑπήχθημεν Μωϋσέως ἢ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ τέλει καὶ τοῦ ἐν Μωϋσεῖ θεοῦ ἀκούομεν καὶ τὸν μαρτυρούμενον ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ θεὸν Ἰησοῦν ὡς υἱὸν θεοῦ παρεδεξάμεθα, τὰ ἄριστα ἐλπίζοντες, ἐπὰν κατὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ βιώσωμεν.
ἑκόντες δ᾿ ὑπερβησόμεθα εἰπεῖν εἰς ἃ προλαβόντες ἐξεθέμεθα. διδάσκοντες πόθεν ἥκομεν καὶ τίνα ἀρχηγὸν ἔχομεν, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀπὸ τούτου νόμος. κἂν βούληταί γε ἡμᾶς μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῶν τὸν τράγον ἢ τὸν κριὸν ἢ τὸν κροκόδειλον ἢ τὸν βοῦν ἢ τὸν ἵππον ποτάμιον ἢ τὸν κυνοκέφαλον ἢ αἴλουρον σεβόντων Αἰγυπτίων ὁ Κέλσος, αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείη καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ περὶ τούτου ὁμοδοξεῖ. ἡμεῖς δὲ ὅση δύναμις διὰ πολλῶν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἡμῶν τιμῆς ἀπελογησάμεθα, δεικνύντες ὅτι κρεῖττον εὕρομεν· καὶ μόνοι ἡμεῖς τὸ καθαρῶς καὶ ἀμιγὲς πρὸς τὸ ψεῦδος ἀληθὲς ἐν τῇ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀποφαινόμενοι εἶναι οὐχ αὑτοὺς ἀλλὰ τὸν διδάσκαλον συνίσταμεν, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ διὰ πλειόνων μαρτυρηθέντα καὶ τῶν προφητικῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίοις λόγων καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐναργείας· δείκνυται γὰρ οὐκ ἀθεεὶ τὰ τηλικαῦτα δεδυνημένος.
5.52 Chapter LII
But the statement of Celsus which we wish to examine at present is the following: “Let us then pass over the refutations which might be adduced against the claims of their teacher, and let him be regarded as really an angel. But is he the first and only one who came (to men), or were there others before him? If they should say that he is the only one, they would be convicted of telling lies against themselves. For they assert that on many occasions others came, and sixty or seventy of them together, and that these became wicked, and were cast under the earth and punished with chains, and that from this source originate the warm springs, which are their tears; and, moreover, that there came an angel to the tomb of this said being—according to some, indeed, one, but according to others, two—who answered the women that he had arisen. For the Son of God could not himself, as it seems, open the tomb, but needed the help of another to roll away the stone. And again, on account of the pregnancy of Mary, there came an angel to the carpenter, and once more another angel, in order that they might take up the young Child and flee away (into Egypt). But what need is there to particularize everything, or to count up the number of angels said to have been sent to Moses, and others amongst them? If, then, others were sent, it is manifest that he also came from the same God. But he may be supposed to have the appearance of announcing something of greater importance (than those who preceded him), as if the Jews had been committing sin, or corrupting their religion, or doing deeds of impiety; for these things are obscurely hinted at.”
Ἥν δὲ βουλόμεθα ἐξετάσαι νῦν τοῦ Κέλσου λέξιν οὕτως ἔχει· καὶ δὴ παραλείπομεν ὅσα περὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου διελέγχονται. καὶ δοκείτω τις ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄγγελος. ἧκε δὲ πότερον οὗτος πρῶτος καὶ μόνος, ἢ καὶ ἄλλοι πρότερον; εἰ μὲν φαῖεν ὅτι μόνος, ἐλέγχοιντο ἂν ἐναντία σφίσι ψευδόμενοι. ἐλθεῖν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλους λέγουσι πολλάκις, καὶ ὁμοῦ γε ἑξήκοντα ἢ ἑβδομήκοντα· οὓς δὴ γενέσθαι κακοὺς καὶ κολάζεσθαι δεσμοῖς ὑποβληθέντας ἐν γῇ, ὅθεν καὶ τὰς θερμὰς πηγὰς εἶναι τὰ ἐκείνων δάκρυα. καὶ μὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ τοῦ τοῦδε τάφον ἐλθεῖν ἄγγελον, οἱ μὲν ἕνα, οἱ δὲ δύο, τοὺς ἀποκρινομένους ταῖς γυναιξὶν ὅτι ἀνέστη. ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ παῖς, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἀνοῖξαι τὸν τάφον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐδεήθη ἄλλου ἀποκινήσοντος τὴν πέτραν. ἔτι μὴν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Μαρίας κυούσης πρὸς τὸν τέκτονα ἧκεν ἄγγελος, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸ βρέφος ἐξαρπάσαντας φυγεῖν ἄλλος ἄγγελος. καὶ τί δεῖ πάντα ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι καὶ τοὺς Μωϋσεῖ τε καὶ ἄλλοις αὐτῶν πεμφθῆναι λεγομένους ἀπαριθμεῖν; εἰ τοίνυν ἐπέμφθησαν καὶ ἄλλοι, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ὅδε παρὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ θεοῦ. πλεῖον δέ τι ἀγγέλλειν δοκείτω, φέρε, ὥσπερ πλημμελούντων τι Ἰουδαίων ἢ παραχαραττόντων τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἢ οὐχ ὅσια δρώντων· ταῦτα γὰρ αἰνίττονται.
5.53 Chapter LIII
The preceding remarks might suffice as an answer to the charges of Celsus, so far as regards those points in which our Saviour Jesus Christ is made the subject of special investigation. But that we may avoid the appearance of intentionally passing over any portion of his work, as if we were unable to meet him, let us, even at the risk of being tautological (since we are challenged to this by Celsus), endeavour as far as we can with all due brevity to continue our discourse, since perhaps something either more precise or more novel may occur to us upon the several topics. He says, indeed, that “he has omitted the refutations which have been adduced against the claims which Christians advance on behalf of their teacher,” although he has not omitted anything which he was able to bring forward, as is manifest from his previous language, but makes this statement only as an empty rhetorical device. That we are not refuted, however, on the subject of our great Saviour, although the accuser may appear to refute us, will be manifest to those who peruse in a spirit of truth-loving investigation all that is predicted and recorded of Him. And, in the next place, since he considers that he makes a concession in saying of the Saviour, “Let him appear to be really an angel,” we reply that we do not accept of such a concession from Celsus; but we look to the work of Him who came to visit the whole human race in His word and teaching, as each one of His adherents was capable of receiving Him. And this was the work of one who, as the prophecy regarding Him said, was not simply an angel, but the “Angel of the great counsel:” for He announced to men the great counsel of the God and Father of all things regarding them, (saying) of those who yield themselves up to a life of pure religion, that they ascend by means of their great deeds to God; but of those who do not adhere to Him, that they place themselves at a distance from God, and journey on to destruction through their unbelief of Him. He then continues: “If even the angel came to men, is he the first and only one who came, or did others come on former occasions?” And he thinks he can meet either of these dilemmas at great length, although there is not a single real Christian who asserts that Christ was the only being that visited the human race. For, as Celsus says, “If they should say the only one,” there are others who appeared to different individuals.
Ἤρκει μὲν οὖν τὰ προειρημένα ἐν τοῖς ἰδίᾳ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξετασθεῖσι πρὸς τὰς Κέλσου λέξεις· ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶμεν τόπον τινὰ αὐτοῦ τῆς γραφῆς ὑπερβαίνειν ἑκόντες ὡς μὴ δεδυνημένοι λέγειν πρὸς αὐτὸν, φέρε, εἰ καὶ ταυτολογεῖν μέλλομεν, ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς τοῦ Κέλσου προκαλουμένου, ὅση δύναμις ἐπιτεμώμεθα τὸν λόγον, ἐὰν ἄρα τι ὑποπέσῃ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἐναργέστερον ἢ καινότερον. φησὶ δὴ παραλιπεῖν ὅσα περὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου Χριστιανοὶ διελέγχονται, οὐ παραλιπών (τι) ὧν ἐδύνατο λέγειν· ὅπερ ἐστὶ φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀνωτέρω αὐτῷ λελεγμένων· ἄλλως δὲ ῥητορικῇ ἐγχειρήσει κατακολουθῶν τὸ τοιοῦτο ποιεῖ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι οὐ διελεγχόμεθα περὶ τοῦ τηλικούτου σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, κἂν δοκῇ ὁ ἐγκαλῶν διελέγχειν, δῆλον ἔσται τοῖς φιλαλήθως καὶ ἐξεταστικῶς ὅλοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητευομένοις καὶ ἀναγεγραμμένοις ἐντυγχάνουσιν.
ἑξῆς δὲ, ἐπεὶ νομίζεται συγχωρητικῶς λέγειν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος οτι δοκείτω τις ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄγγελος οὗτος εἶναι, φαμὲν ὅτι τοῦτ᾿ οὐχ ὡς συγχωρούμενον ἀπὸ Κέλσου λαμβάνομεν, τῷ δ᾿ ἔργῳ αὐτοῦ ἐνορῶντες ὅλῳ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιδεδημηκότος κατὰ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν, ὡς ἕκαστος ἐχώρει τῶν προσιεμένων αὐτόν. ὅπερ ἔργον ἦν τοῦ, ὡς ὠνόμασεν ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητεία, οὐχ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀγγέλου ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῆς „μεγάλης βουλῆς“ ἀγγέλου· ἤγγελλε γὰρ ἀνθρώποις τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων περὶ αὐτῶν βουλὴν, εἰκόντων μὲν τῷ βιοῦν ἐν καθαρᾷ θεοσεβείᾳ ὡς ἀναβαινόντων διὰ τῶν μεγάλων πράξεων πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, μὴ προσιεμένων δὲ ὡς ἑαυτοὺς μακρυνόντων ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπώλειαν διὰ τῆς περὶ θεοῦ ἀπιστίας ὁδευόντων.
εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς φησιν· εἰ καὶ ἄγγελος οὗτος πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἦλθεν. ἆρα πρῶτος ἧκε καὶ μόνος, ἤ καὶ ἄλλοι πρότερον; καὶ πρὸς ἑκάτερον δὲ διὰ πλειόνων οἴεται ἀπαντᾶν, οὐδενὸς δὴ τῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς Χριστιανῶν λέγοντος μόνον τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπιδεδημηκέναι τῷ (γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων·) καὶ ἄλλους ὦφθαί φησιν ἀνθρώποις ὁ Κέλσος, εἰ μὲν δὴ φαῖεν ὅτι μόνος.
5.54 Chapter LIV
In the next place, he proceeds to answer himself as he thinks fit in the following terms: “And so he is not the only one who is recorded to have visited the human race, as even those who, under pretext of teaching in the name of Jesus, have apostatized from the Creator as an inferior being, and have given in their adherence to one who is a superior God and father of him who visited (the world), assert that before him certain beings came from the Creator to visit the human race.” Now, as it is in the spirit of truth that we investigate all that relates to the subject, we shall remark that it is asserted by Apelles, the celebrated disciple of Marcion, who became the founder of a certain sect, and who treated the writings of the Jews as fabulous, that Jesus is the only one that came to visit the human race. Even against him, then, who maintained that Jesus was the only one that came from God to men, it would be in vain for Celsus to quote the statements regarding the descent of other angels, seeing Apelles discredits, as we have already mentioned, the miraculous narratives of the Jewish Scriptures; and much more will he decline to admit what Celsus has adduced, from not understanding the contents of the book of Enoch. No one, then, convicts us of falsehood, or of making contradictory assertions, as if we maintained both that our Saviour was the only being that ever came to men, and yet that many others came on different occasions. And in a most confused manner, moreover, does he adduce, when examining the subject of the visits of angels to men, what he has derived, without seeing its meaning, from the contents of the book of Enoch; for he does not appear to have read the passages in question, nor to have been aware that the books which bear the name Enoch do not at all circulate in the Churches as divine, although it is from this source that he might be supposed to have obtained the statement, that “sixty or seventy angels descended at the same time, who fell into a state of wickedness.”
Εἶτ᾿ ἀπαντᾷ ἑαυτῷ, ὡς βούλεται· οὕτω δ᾿ οὐ μόνος ἱστόρηται ἐπιδεδημηκέναι τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὡς καὶ τοὺς προφάσει τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ ἀποστάντας τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ὡς ἐλάττονος καὶ προσεληλυθότας ὡς κρείττονί τινι θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ τοῦ ἐπιδημήσαντος φάσκειν ὅτι καὶ πρὸ τούτου ἐπεδήμησάν τινες ἀπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἐπεὶ δὲ φιλαλήθως τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐξετάζομεν, φήσομεν ὅτι ὁ Μαρκίωνος γνώριμος Ἀπελλῆς, αἱρέσεώς τινος γενόμενος πατὴρ καὶ μῦθον ἡγούμενος εἶναι τὰ Ἰουδαίων γράμματα. φησὶν ὅτι μόνος οὗτος ἐπιδεδήμηκε τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων. οὐδὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον οὖν, λέγοντα μόνον ἐπιδεδημηκέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, εὐλόγως ἂν ὁ Κέλσος φέροι τὰ περὶ τοῦ καὶ ἄλλους ἐληλυθέναι, ἀπιστοῦντα. ὡς προείπομεν, ταῖς παραδοξότερα ἀπαγγελλούσαις Ἰουδαίων γραφαῖς· πολλῷ δὲ πλέον οὐ προσήσεται ἅπερ ἔοικε παρακούσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἐνὼχ γεγραμμένων τεθεικέναι ὁ Κέλσος. οὐδεὶς τοίνυν ἐλέγχει ἡμᾶς ψευδομένους καὶ τὰ ἐναντία τιθέντας, ὅτι τε μόνος ἦλθεν ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ ὅτι, ἐπεὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ πολλάκις ἐληλύθασι. πάνυ δὲ συγκεχυμένως ἐν τῇ περὶ τῶν ἐληλυθότων πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἀγγέλων ἐξετάσει τίθησι τὰ ἀτρανώτως ἐλθόντα εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἐνὼχ γεγραμμένων· ἅτινα οὐδ᾿ αὐτὰ φαίνεται ἀναγνοὺς οὐδὲ γνωρίσας ὅτι ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις οὐ πάνυ φέρεται ὡς θεῖα τὰ ἐπιγεγραμμένα τοῦ Ἐνὼχ βιβλία· ὅθεν νομισθείη ἂν ἐῤῥιφέναι τὸ ὁμοῦ ἑξήκοντα ἢ ἑβδομήκοντα καταβεβηκέναι, κακοὺς γενομένους.
5.55 Chapter LV
But, that we may grant to him in a spirit of candour what he has not discovered in the contents of the book of Genesis, that “the sons of God, seeing the daughters of men, that they were fair, took to them wives of all whom they chose,” we shall nevertheless even on this point persuade those who are capable of understanding the meaning of the prophet, that even before us there was one who referred this narrative to the doctrine regarding souls, which became possessed with a desire for the corporeal life of men, and this in metaphorical language, he said, was termed “daughters of men.” But whatever may be the meaning of the “sons of God desiring to possess the daughters of men,” it will not at all contribute to prove that Jesus was not the only one who visited mankind as an angel, and who manifestly became the Saviour and benefactor of all those who depart from the flood of wickedness. Then, mixing up and confusing whatever he had at any time heard, or had anywhere found written—whether held to be of divine origin among Christians or not—he adds: “The sixty or seventy who descended together were cast under the earth, and were punished with chains.” And he quotes (as from the book of Enoch, but without naming it) the following: “And hence it is that the tears of these angels are warm springs,”—a thing neither mentioned nor heard of in the Churches of God! For no one was ever so foolish as to materialize into human tears those which were shed by the angels who had come down from heaven. And if it were right to pass a jest upon what is advanced against us in a serious spirit by Celsus, we might observe that no one would ever have said that hot springs, the greater part of which are fresh water, were the tears of the angels, since tears are saltish in their nature, unless indeed the angels, in the opinion of Celsus, shed tears which are fresh.
Ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα καὶ εὐγνωμονέστερον αὐτῷ δῶμεν ἃ μὴ ἑώρακεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ Γενέσει γεγραμμένων. ὅτι „ἰδόντες οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὅτι καλαί εἰσιν, ἔλαβον ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας ἀπὸ πασῶν ὧν ἐξελέξαντο“· οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ περὶ τούτων τοῖς δυναμένοις ἀκούειν προφητικοῦ βουλήματος πείσομεν ὅτι καὶ τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν τις ταῦτα ἀνήγαγεν εἰς τὸν περὶ ψυχῶν λόγον, ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ γενομένων τοῦ· ἐν σώματι ἀνθρώπων βίου. ἅπερ τροπολογῶν ἔφασκε λελέχθαι „θυγατέρας ἀνθρώπων.“ πλὴν ὅπως ποτ᾿ ἂν ἔχῃ καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἐπιθυμήσαντας θυγατέρων ἀνθρώπων υἱοὺς θεῶν, οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συμβάλλεται ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸ μὴ μόνον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὡς ἄγγελον ἐπιδεδημηκέναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, σωτῆρα καὶ εὐεργέτην ἐναργῶς πάντων τῶν μεταβαλλόντων ἀπὸ τῆς χύσεως τῆς κακίας γεγενημένον.
εἶτα φύρων καὶ συγχέων ἃ ὅπως ποτὲ ἤκουσε καὶ τὰ ὅπου ποτ᾿ οὖν γεγραμμένα, εἴτε δεδογμένα θεῖα εἶναι παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς εἴτε καὶ μὴ, φησὶ τοὺς ὁμοῦ καταβεβηκότας ἑξήκοντα ἢ ἑβδομήκοντα κολάζεσθαι δεσμοῖς ὑποβληθέντας ἐν γῇ. καὶ φέρει ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐνὼχ, οὐκ ὀνομάζων αὐτὸν, τό· ὅθεν καὶ τὰς θερμὰς πηγὰς εἶναι τὰ ἐκείνων δάκρυα, πρᾶγμα οὔτε λεγόμενον οὔτ᾿ ἀκουόμενον ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνόητος οὕτως τις ἦν. ἵνα σωματοποιήσῃ δάκρυα παραπλήσια τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν τοῖς καταβεβηκόσιν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀγγέλοις. καὶ εἰ χρή γε παίζειν πρὸς τὰ καθ᾿ ἡμῶν σπουδαζόμενα τῷ Κέλσῳ, λεκτέον ὅτι οὐκ ἄν τις εἶπε τὰς θερμὰς πηγὰς, ὧν αἱ πλεῖσται γλυκεῖαί εἰσι, δάκρυα εἶναι τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἐπεὶ ἡ φύσις τῶν δακρύων ἐστὶν ἁλμυρά· εἰ μὴ ἄρα οἱ κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον ἄγγελοι γλυκέα δακρύουσιν.
5.56 Chapter LVI
Proceeding immediately after to mix up and compare with one another things that are dissimilar, and incapable of being united, he subjoins to his statement regarding the sixty or seventy angels who came down from heaven, and who, according to him, shed fountains of warm water for tears, the following: “It is related also that there came to the tomb of Jesus himself, according to some, two angels, according to others, one;” having failed to notice, I think, that Matthew and Mark speak of one, and Luke and John of two, which statements are not contradictory. For they who mention “one,” say that it was he who rolled away the stone from the sepulchre; while they who mention “two,” refer to those who appeared in shining raiment to the women that repaired to the sepulchre, or who were seen within sitting in white garments. Each of these occurrences might now be demonstrated to have actually taken place, and to be indicative of a figurative meaning existing in these “phenomena,” (and intelligible) to those who were prepared to behold the resurrection of the Word. Such a task, however, does not belong to our present purpose, but rather to an exposition of the Gospel.
Εἶτα ἑξῆς τὰ ἄμικτα καὶ ἀνόμοια μιγνὺς καὶ ἐξομοιῶν ἀλλήλοις ἐπιφέρει τῷ περὶ τῶν, ὥς φησι, καταβεβηκότων ἑξήκοντα ἢ ἑβδομήκοντα ἀγγέλων λόγῳ. πηγὰς θερμῶν κατὰ αὐτὸν δακρυσάντων, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸν τάφον ἱστόρηνται ἐληλυθέναι ὑπό τινων μὲν ἄγγελοι δύο ὑπό τινων δὲ εἷς· οὐκ οἶμαι τηρήσας Ματθαῖον μὲν καὶ Μάρκον ἕνα ἱστορηκέναι, Λουκᾶν δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην δύο. ἅπερ οὐκ ἦν ἐναντία. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀναγράφαντες ἕνα τὸν ἀποκυλίσαντα „τὸν λίθον“ ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου τοῦτόν φασιν εἶναι, οἱ δὲ τοὺς δύο τοὺς ἐπιστάντας „ἐν ἐσθῆτι ἀστραπτούσῃ“ ταῖς γενομέναις ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον γυναιξὶν ἢ τοὺς θεωρηθέντας ἔνδον „ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους.“ ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων νῦν παραδεικνύναι δυνατὸν καὶ γεγενημένον καὶ δηλωτικόν τινος εἶναι τροπολογίας, τῆς περὶ τῶν προφαινομένων τοῖς τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ λόγου θεωρεῖν παρεσκευασμένοις, οὐ τῆς παρούσης ἐστὶ πραγματείας ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῶν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐξηγητικῶν.
5.57 Chapter LVII
Now, that miraculous appearances have sometimes been witnessed by human beings, is related by the Greeks; and not only by those of them who might be suspected of composing fabulous narratives, but also by those who have given every evidence of being genuine philosophers, and of having related with perfect truth what had happened to them. Accounts of this kind we have read in the writings of Chrysippus of Soli, and also some things of the same kind relating to Pythagoras; as well as in some of the more recent writers who lived a very short time ago, as in the treatise of Plutarch of Chæronea “on the Soul,” and in the second book of the work of Numenius the Pythagorean on the “Incorruptibility of the Soul.” Now, when such accounts are related by the Greeks, and especially by the philosophers among them, they are not to be received with mockery and ridicule, nor to be regarded as fictions and fables; but when those who are devoted to the God of all things, and who endure all kinds of injury, even to death itself, rather than allow a falsehood to escape their lips regarding God, announce the appearances of angels which they have themselves witnessed, they are to be deemed unworthy of belief, and their words are not to be regarded as true! Now it is opposed to sound reason to judge in this way whether individuals are speaking truth or falsehood. For those who act honestly, only after a long and careful examination into the details of a subject, slowly and cautiously express their opinion of the veracity or falsehood of this or that person with regard to the marvels which they may relate; since it is the case that neither do all men show themselves worthy of belief, nor do all make it distinctly evident that they are relating to men only fictions and fables. Moreover, regarding the resurrection of Jesus from the dead, we have this remark to make, that it is not at all wonderful if, on such an occasion, either one or two angels should have appeared to announce that Jesus had risen from the dead, and to provide for the safety of those who believed in such an event to the advantage of their souls. Nor does it appear to me at all unreasonable, that those who believe in the resurrection of Jesus, and who manifest, as a fruit of their faith not to be lightly esteemed, their possession of a virtuous life, and their withdrawal from the flood of evils, should not be unattended by angels who lend their help in accomplishing their conversion to God.
Παράδοξα δὲ πράγματα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπιφαίνεσθαί ποτε καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἱστόρησαν οὐ μόνον οἱ ὑπονοηθέντες αν ὡς μυθοποιοῦντες ἀλλὰ καὶ (οἱ) οἷον πολὺ ἐπιδειξάμενοι γνησίως φιλοσοφεῖν καὶ φιλαλήθως ἐκτίθεσθαι τὰ εἰς αὐτοὺς φθάσαντα. τοιαῦτα δ᾿ ἀνέγνωμεν παρὰ τῷ Σολεῖ Χρυσίππῳ, τινὰ δὲ παρὰ Πυθαγόρᾳ, ἤδη δὲ καὶ παρά τισι τῶν νεωτέρων καὶ χθὲς καὶ πρώην γεγενημένων, ὥσπερ παρὰ τῷ Χαιρωνεῖ Πλουτάρχῳ ἐν τοῖς περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ τῷ Πυθαγορείῳ Νουμηνίῳ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ περὶ ἀφθαρσίας ψυχῆς. ἢ Ἕλληνες μὲν ἐὰν τοιαῦτα διηγῶνται καὶ μάλιστα οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς φιλοσοφοῦντες, οὐ χλεύη οὐδὲ γέλως τὰ λεγόμενα οὐδὲ πλάσματα καὶ μῦθοί εἰσιν, ἐὰν δ᾿ οἱ τῷ θεῷ τῶν ὅλων ἀνακείμενοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲ μέχρι φωνῆς ψεῦδος εἰπεῖν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πᾶσαν αἰκίαν μέχρι θανάτου ἀναδεχόμενοι ὡς ἰδόντες ἀπαγγέλλωσιν ἀγγέλων ἐπιφανείας, οὐκ ἄξιοι τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι κρίνονται οὐδὲ οἱ λόγοι αὐτῶν ἐν ἀληθέσι κατατάττονται;
ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ εὔλογον οὕτω κρίνειν τὰ περὶ ἀληθευόντων ἢ ψευδομένων. οἱ γὰρ τὸ ἀνεξαπάτητον ἀσκοῦντες μετὰ πολλῆς καὶ ἀκριβοῦς ἐρεύνης καὶ ἐξετάσεως τῶν κατὰ τοὺς τόπους βράδιον καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἀποφαίνονται περὶ τοῦ τοὺς τοιουσδὶ μὲν ἀληθεύειν τοὺς τοιουσδὶ δὲ ψεύδεσθαι ἐν οἷς ἱστοροῦσι παραδόξοις, οὔτε πάντων τὸ τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι ἄξιον ἐπιδεικνυμένων οὔτε πάντων [τῶν] ἐναργῶς ἀποδεικνυμένων πλάσματα καὶ μύθους τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκέναι. ἔτι δὲ περὶ τῆς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως καὶ ταῦτα λεκτέον, ὅτι τότε μὲν ἕνα ἢ δεύτερον ὦφθαι ἄγγελον, ἀγγέλλοντα αὐτὸν ἐγηγέρθαι καὶ προνοεῖσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ ὠφελείᾳ ἑαυτῶν περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου πιστευόντων, οὐ θαυμαστόν· ἀεὶ δὲ τοὺς τοιούτους τῷ ἐγηγέρθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν πιστεύοντας, καρπὸν τοῦ πιστεύειν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον ἐπιδεικνυμένους τὸν ἐῤῥωμένον βίον καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς χύσεως τῶν κακῶν μεταβολὴν, οὐ χωρὶς ἐφαπτομένων τῶν βοηθούντων αὐτῶν τῇ πρὸς θεὸν ἐπιστροφῇ ἀγγέλων γίνεσθαι, οὐκ ἄλογον εἶναί μοι φαίνεται.
5.58 Chapter LVIII
But Celsus challenges the account also that an angel rolled away the stone from the sepulchre where the body of Jesus lay, acting like a lad at school, who should bring a charge against any one by help of a string of commonplaces. And, as if he had discovered some clever objection to the narrative, he remarks: “The Son of God, then, it appears, could not open his tomb, but required the aid of another to roll away the stone.” Now, not to overdo the discussion of this matter, or to have the appearance of unreasonably introducing philosophical remarks, by explaining the figurative meaning at present, I shall simply say of the narrative alone, that it does appear in itself a more respectful proceeding, that the servant and inferior should have rolled away the stone, than that such an act should have been performed by Him whose resurrection was to be for the advantage of mankind. I do not speak of the desire of those who conspired against the Word, and who wished to put Him to death, and to show to all men that He was dead and non-existent, that His tomb should not be opened, in order that no one might behold the Word alive after their conspiracy; but the “Angel of God” who came into the world for the salvation of men, with the help of another angel, proved more powerful than the conspirators, and rolled away the weighty stone, that those who deemed the Word to be dead might be convinced that He is not with the “departed,” but is alive, and precedes those who are willing to follow Him, that He may manifest to them those truths which come after those which He formerly showed them at the time of their first entrance (into the school of Christianity), when they were as yet incapable of receiving deeper instruction. In the next place, I do not understand what advantage he thinks will accrue to his purpose when he ridicules the account of “the angel’s visit to Joseph regarding the pregnancy of Mary;” and again, that of the angel to warn the parents “to take up the new-born Child, whose life was in danger, and to flee with it into Egypt.” Concerning these matters, however, we have in the preceding pages answered his statements. But what does Celsus mean by saying, that “according to the Scriptures, angels are recorded to have been sent to Moses, and others as well?” For it appears to me to contribute nothing to his purpose, and especially because none of them made any effort to accomplish, as far as in his power, the conversion of the human race from their sins. Let it be granted, however, that other angels were sent from God, but that he came to announce something of greater importance (than any others who preceded him); and when the Jews had fallen into sin, and corrupted their religion, and had done unholy deeds, transferred the kingdom of God to other husbandmen, who in all the Churches take special care of themselves, and use every endeavour by means of a holy life, and by a doctrine conformable thereto, to win over to the God of all things those who would rush away from the teaching of Jesus.
Κατηγορεῖ δ᾿ ὁ Κέλσος καὶ τοῦ φάσκοντος λόγου ἄγγελον ἀποκεκυλικέναι τοῦ τάφου, ἔνθα ἦν τὸ Ἰησοῦ σῶμα, „τὸν λίθον“ ὥσπερ μειράκιον, ἐν διατριβῇ λαβὸν τοπικῶς κατηγορῆσαί τινος, καί φησιν ὡς σοφόν τι κατὰ τοῦ λόγου εὑρὼν [καί φησιν] ὅτι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ παῖς, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἀνοῖξαι τὸν τάφον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐδεήθη ἄλλου ἀποκινήσοντος τὴν πέτραν. καὶ ἵνα γε μηδὲν περιεργάσωμαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον μηδὲ τροπολογίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐκτιθέμενος δόξω ἀκαίρως εἰς ταῦτα φιλοσοφεῖν, περὶ αὐτῆς ἐρῶ τῆς ἱστορίας ὅτι σεμνότερον αὐτόθεν φαίνεται τὸ τὸν ἐλάττονα καὶ ὑπηρέτην ἀποκεκυλικέναι „τὸν λίθον“ ἢ τὸν ἐπὶ ὠφελείᾳ ἀνθρώπων ἀνιστάμενον τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι. οὐ λέγω δ᾿ ὅτι οἱ μὲν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπιβουλεύοντες καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν βουληθέντες καὶ δεῖξαι πᾶσι νεκρὸν καὶ τὸ μηδὲν τυγχάνοντα βούλονται αὐτοῦ μηδαμῶς ἀνοιχθῆναι τὸν τάφον, ἵνα μηδεὶς τὸν λόγον μετὰ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν αὐτῶν ζῶντα θεάσηται· ὁ δὲ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων ἐπιδημῶν συνεργὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἄγγελος θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερος ὢν τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἀποκυλίει τὸν βαρὺν λίθον· ἵνα πεισθῶσιν οἱ νομίζοντες τεθνηκέναι τὸν λόγον ὅτι „οὐκ ἔστι“ „μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν“ ἀλλὰ ζῇ καὶ „προάγει“ τοὺς βουλομένους αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖν, ἵνα ἐπιδείξηται τὰ ἑξῆς οἷς ἐπεδείξατο πρότερον, τοῖς μὴ χωροῦσί πω αὐτῶν μείζονα κατὰ τὸν πρότερον τῆς εἰσαγωγῆς αὐτῶν χρόνον.
εἶτ᾿ οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως μετὰ ταῦτα παραῤῥίπτει, οὐκ οἶδα εἰς τί τῇ προθέσει αὐτοῦ χρήσιμον εἶναι δοκοῦν, τὸ περὶ τῆς Μαρίας κυούσης ἐληλυθέναι πρὸς τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἄγγελον καὶ πάλιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸ βρέφος γεννηθὲν καὶ ἐπιβουλευόμενον ἐξαρπάσαντας φυγεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον. περὶ τούτων δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω πρὸς τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα διελέχθημεν. τί δὲ βούλεται Κέλσῳ (τὸ) καὶ Μωϋσεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱστορεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς ἀγγέλους πέμπεσθαι; οὐδὲν γάρ μοι φαίνεται συμβάλλεσθαι αὐτῷ πρὸς ὃ βούλεται, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς μὲν ἐκείνων περὶ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠγωνίσατο, ἵν᾿ αὐτὸ ἐπιστρέψῃ ὅση δύναμις ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. καὶ ἄλλοι οὖν πεπέμφθωσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ οὗτός τι πλέον ἀπαγγελλέτω, καὶ πλημμελούντων Ἰουδαίων καὶ μεταχαραττόντων τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ οὐχ ὅσια δρώντων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ μεταδεδωκέτω „ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς,“ τοῖς πανταχοῦ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἑαυτῶν ἐπιμελουμένοις καὶ πάντα πράττουσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀφορμὰς προσαγαγεῖν διὰ βίου καθαροῦ καὶ λόγου ἀκολούθου τῷ βίῳ πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεόν.
5.59 Chapter LIX
Celsus then continues: “The Jews accordingly, and these (clearly meaning the Christians), have the same God;” and as if advancing a proposition which would not be conceded, he proceeds to make the following assertion: “It is certain, indeed, that the members of the great Church admit this, and adopt as true the accounts regarding the creation of the world which are current among the Jews, viz., concerning the six days and the seventh;” on which day, as the Scripture says, God “ceased” from His works, retiring into the contemplation of Himself, but on which, as Celsus says (who does not abide by the letter of the history, and who does not understand its meaning), God “rested,”—a term which is not found in the record. With respect, however, to the creation of the world, and the “rest which is reserved after it for the people of God,” the subject is extensive, and mystical, and profound, and difficult of explanation. In the next place, as it appears to me, from a desire to fill up his book, and to give it an appearance of importance, he recklessly adds certain statements, such as the following, relating to the first man, of whom he says: “We give the same account as do the Jews, and deduce the same genealogy from him as they do.” However, as regards “the conspiracies of brothers against one another,” we know of none such, save that Cain conspired against Abel, and Esau against Jacob; but not Abel against Cain, nor Jacob against Esau: for if this had been the case, Celsus would have been correct in saying that we give the same accounts as do the Jews of “the conspiracies of brothers against one another.” Let it be granted, however, that we speak of the same descent into Egypt as they, and of their return thence, which was not a “flight,” as Celsus considers it to have been, what does that avail towards founding an accusation against us or against the Jews? Here, indeed, he thought to cast ridicule upon us, when, in speaking of the Hebrew people, he termed their exodus a “flight;” but when it was his business to investigate the account of the punishments inflicted by God upon Egypt, that topic he purposely passed by in silence.
Εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς φησιν ὁ Κέλσος· οὐκοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς θεὸς Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ τοῖσδε, δῆλον δ᾿ ὅτι τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς· καὶ ὡσπερεὶ τὸ οὐκ ἂν διδόμενον συνάγων τοῦτό φησι· σαφῶς γε τῶν ἀπὸ μεγάλης ἐκκλησίας τοῦτο ὁμολογούντων καὶ τὰ τῆς παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις φερομένης κοσμογονίας προσιεμένων ὡς ἀληθῆ περί γε τῶν ἓξ ἡμερῶν καὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης, ἐν ᾗ, ὡς μὲν ἡ γραφὴ λέγει, „κατέπαυσεν“ „ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ἑαυτοῦ“ ὁ θεὸς ἀναχωρῶν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ περιωπὴν, ὡς δ᾿ ὁ Κέλσος μὴ τηρήσας τὰ γεγραμμένα μηδὲ συνιεὶς αὐτά φησιν, ἀναπαυσάμενος, ὅπερ οὐ γέγραπται. περὶ δὲ τῆς κοσμοποιΐας καὶ τοῦ μετ᾿ αὐτὴν ἀπολειπομένου σαββατισμοῦ τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ „πολὺς“ ἂν εἴη καὶ μυστικὸς καὶ βαθὺς καὶ „δυσερμήνευτος λόγος.“
εἶτα δοκεῖ μοι τὸ βιβλίον συμπληρῶσαι θέλων καὶ μέγα δοκεῖν εἶναι ποιῶν εἰκῇ προστιθέναι τινὰ, ὁποῖά ἐστι καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον, ὡς ἄρα λέγομεν τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ὡς καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ τὴν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου διαδοχὴν ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς γενεαλογοῦμεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους μὲν ἐπιβουλὴν ἀδελφῶν οὐκ ἴσμεν, τὸν δὲ Κάϊν ἐπιβεβουλευκέναι τῷ Ἄβελ καὶ τὸν Ἠσαῦ τῷ Ἰακώβ· οὐ γὰρ Ἄβελ τῷ Κάϊν ἐπεβούλευσεν οὐδὲ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τῷ Ἠσαῦ· ὅπερ εἰ ἐγεγόνει, ἀκολούθως ἂν εἶπεν ὁ Κέλσος τὰς εἰς ἀλλήλους τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιβουλὰς τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμᾶς Ἰουδαίοις ἱστορεῖν. ἔστω δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἡμᾶς ἀποδημίαν τὴν αὐτὴν λέγειν ἐκείνοις καὶ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἐπάνοδον καὶ οὐ φυγὴν, ὡς ὁ Κέλσος νομίζει· τί οὖν ταῦτα συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὴν καθ᾿ ἡμῶν ἢ κατὰ Ἰουδαίων κατηγορίαν; ἔνθα μὲν οὖν ᾤετο χλευάσειν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν Ἑβραίων λόγῳ, φυγὴν ὠνόμαζεν· ὅπου δ᾿ ἦν τὸ πραγματικὸν ἐξετάσαι περὶ τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων μαστίγων ἐπεληλυθέναι τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦθ᾿ ἑκὼν ἐσιώπησεν.
5.60 Chapter LX
If, however, it be necessary to express ourselves with precision in our answer to Celsus, who thinks that we hold the same opinions on the matters in question as do the Jews, we would say that we both agree that the books (of Scripture) were written by the Spirit of God, but that we do not agree about the meaning of their contents; for we do not regulate our lives like the Jews, because we are of opinion that the literal acceptation of the laws is not that which conveys the meaning of the legislation. And we maintain, that “when Moses is read, the veil is upon their heart,” because the meaning of the law of Moses has been concealed from those who have not welcomed the way which is by Jesus Christ. But we know that if one turn to the Lord (for “the Lord is that Spirit”), the veil being taken away, “he beholds, as in a mirror with unveiled face, the glory of the Lord” in those thoughts which are concealed in their literal expression, and to his own glory becomes a participator of the divine glory; the term “face” being used figuratively for the “understanding,” as one would call it without a figure, in which is the face of the “inner man,” filled with light and glory, flowing from the true comprehension of the contents of the law.
Εἰ δ᾿ ἀκριβῶς χρὴ ἡμᾶς λέγειν τὰ πρὸς τὸν Κέλσον, οἰόμενον τὰ αὐτὰ ἡμᾶς Ἰουδαίοις περὶ τῶν ἐκκειμένων δοξάζειν, φήσομεν ὅτι τὰ μὲν βιβλία θείῳ γεγράφθαι πνεύματι ὁμολογοῦμεν ἀμφότεροι, περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐκδοχῆς τῶν ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις οὐκέτι τὰ ὅμοιά φαμεν, οἵ γε οὐδὲ βιοῦμεν ὡς Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ φρονεῖν οὐ τὴν κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκδοχὴν τῶν νόμων εἶναι τὴν περιέχουσαν τὸ βούλημα τῆς νομοθεσίας. καὶ λέγομεν δ᾿ ὅτι, „ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς, κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν κεῖται“ τῷ τοῖς τὴν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μὴ ἀσπασαμένοις ὁδὸν ἐπικεκρύφθαι τὸ βούλημα τοῦ Μωϋσέως νόμου. ἴσμεν δ᾿ ὅτι, „ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ τις πρὸς τὸν κύριον“ („ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστι“), περιαιρεθεὶς „τὸ κάλυμμα“ „ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν“ ἐν τοῖς κεκρυμμένοις νοήμασι κατὰ τὰ γράμματα „δόξαν τοῦ κυρίου“ ὡσπερεὶ κατοπτρίζεται καὶ μεταλαμβάνει τῆς καλουμένης θείας δόξης εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν (τροπικῶς μὲν λεγομένου προσώπου γυμνότερον δ᾿, ὡς ἂν ὀνομάσαι τις, τοῦ νοῦ). ἐν ᾧ ἐστι τὸ [τοῦ] „κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον“ πρόσωπον, πληρούμενον φωτὸς καὶ δόξης ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἀληθείας.
5.61 Chapter LXI
After the above remarks he proceeds as follows: “Let no one suppose that I am ignorant that some of them will concede that their God is the same as that of the Jews, while others will maintain that he is a different one, to whom the latter is in opposition, and that it was from the former that the Son came.” Now, if he imagine that the existence of numerous heresies among the Christians is a ground of accusation against Christianity, why, in a similar way, should it not be a ground of accusation against philosophy, that the various sects of philosophers differ from each other, not on small and indifferent points, but upon those of the highest importance? Nay, medicine also ought to be a subject of attack, on account of its many conflicting schools. Let it be admitted, then, that there are amongst us some who deny that our God is the same as that of the Jews: nevertheless, on that account those are not to be blamed who prove from the same Scriptures that one and the same Deity is the God of the Jews and of the Gentiles alike, as Paul, too, distinctly says, who was a convert from Judaism to Christianity, “I thank my God, whom I serve from my forefathers with a pure conscience.” And let it be admitted also, that there is a third class who call certain persons “carnal,” and others “spiritual,”—I think he here means the followers of Valentinus,—yet what does this avail against us, who belong to the Church, and who make it an accusation against such as hold that certain natures are saved, and that others perish in consequence of their natural constitution? And let it be admitted further, that there are some who give themselves out as Gnostics, in the same way as those Epicureans who call themselves philosophers: yet neither will they who annihilate the doctrine of providence be deemed true philosophers, nor those true Christians who introduce monstrous inventions, which are disapproved of by those who are the disciples of Jesus. Let it be admitted, moreover, that there are some who accept Jesus, and who boast on that account of being Christians, and yet would regulate their lives, like the Jewish multitude, in accordance with the Jewish law,—and these are the twofold sect of Ebionites, who either acknowledge with us that Jesus was born of a virgin, or deny this, and maintain that He was begotten like other human beings,—what does that avail by way of charge against such as belong to the Church, and whom Celsus has styled “those of the multitude?” He adds, also, that certain of the Christians are believers in the Sibyl, having probably misunderstood some who blamed such as believed in the existence of a prophetic Sibyl, and termed those who held this belief Sibyllists.
Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις φησί· μή με οἰηθῇ τις ἀγνοεῖν, ὡς οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν συνθήσονται τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι σφίσιν ὅνπερ Ἰουδαίοις θεὸν, οἱ δ᾿ ἄλλον, ᾧ τοῦτον ἐναντίον, παρ᾿ ἐκείνου τε ἐλθεῖν τὸν υἱόν. εἴπερ δὲ τὸ εἶναι αἱρέσεις πλείονας ἐν Χριστιανοῖς κατηγορίαν οἴεται χριστιανισμοῦ εἶναι, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ φιλοσοφίας κατηγορία κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον νομισθείη ἂν ἡ ἐν ταῖς αἱρέσεσι τῶν φιλοσοφούντων διαφωνία οὐ περὶ μικρῶν καὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων; ὥρα δὲ καὶ ἰατρικὴν κατηγορεῖσθαι διὰ τὰς ἐν αὐτῇ αἱρέσεις. ἔστωσαν οὖν ἐν ἡμῖν οἱ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν λέγοντες τῷ Ἰουδαίων θεῷ θεόν· ἀλλ᾿ οὔ τι γε παρὰ τοῦτο κατηγορητέοι οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν γραμμάτων ἀποδεικνύντες ὅτι εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς θεὸς Ἰουδαίων ἐστὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν· ὡς καὶ τὸν Παῦλον λέγειν σαφῶς, ἀπὸ Ἰουδαίων προσελθόντα χριστιανισμῷ· „χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ μου, ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει.“
ἔστω δέ τι καὶ τρίτον γένος τῶν ὀνομαζόντων ψυχικούς τινας καὶ πνευματικοὺς ἑτέρους· οἶμαι δ᾿ αὐτὸν λέγειν τοὺς ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου. καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, κατηγοροῦντας τῶν εἰσαγόντων φύσεις ἐκ κατασκευῆς σῳζομένας ἢ ἐκ κατασκευῆς ἀπολλυμένας; ἔστωσαν δέ τινες καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενοι εἶναι Γνωστικοὶ, ἀνάλογον τοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἀναγορεύουσι φιλοσόφους Ἐπικουρείοις. ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε οἱ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἀναιροῦντες φιλόσοφοι εἶεν ἂν ἀληθῶς, οὔτε οἱ τὰ ἀλλόκοτα ἀναπλάσματα καὶ μὴ ἀρέσκοντα τοῖς τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διαδοχῆς ἐπεισαγαγόντες εἶεν ἂν Χριστιανοί. ἔστωσαν δέ τινες καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀποδεχόμενοι ὡς παρὰ τοῦτο Χριστιανοὶ εἶναι αὐχοῦντες, ἔτι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἰουδαίων νόμον ὡς τὰ Ἰουδαίων πλήθη βιοῦν ἐθέλοντες· οὗτοι δ᾿ εἰσὶν οἱ διττοὶ Ἐβιωναῖοι, ἤτοι ἐκ παρθένου ὁμολογοῦντες ὁμοίως ἡμῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἢ οὐχ οὕτω γεγεννῆσθαι ἀλλὰ ὡς τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀνθρώπους· τί τοῦτο φέρει ἔγκλημα τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, οὓς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ὠνόμασεν ὁ Κέλσος; εἶπε δέ τινας εἶναι καὶ Σιβυλλιστὰς, τάχα παρακούσας τινῶν ἐγκαλούντων τοῖς οἰομένοις προφῆτιν γεγονέναι τὴν Σίβυλλαν καὶ Σιβυλλιστὰς τοὺς τοιούτους καλεσάντων.
5.62 Chapter LXII
He next pours down upon us a heap of names, saying that he knows of the existence of certain Simonians who worship Helene, or Helenus, as their teacher, and are called Helenians. But it has escaped the notice of Celsus that the Simonians do not at all acknowledge Jesus to be the Son of God, but term Simon the “power” of God, regarding whom they relate certain marvellous stories, saying that he imagined that if he could become possessed of similar powers to those with which be believed Jesus to be endowed, he too would become as powerful among men as Jesus was amongst the multitude. But neither Celsus nor Simon could comprehend how Jesus, like a good husbandman of the word of God, was able to sow the greater part of Greece, and of barbarian lands, with His doctrine, and to fill these countries with words which transform the soul from all that is evil, and bring it back to the Creator of all things. Celsus knows, moreover, certain Marcellians, so called from Marcellina, and Harpocratians from Salome, and others who derive their name from Mariamme, and others again from Martha. We, however, who from a love of learning examine to the utmost of our ability not only the contents of Scripture, and the differences to which they give rise, but have also, from love to the truth, investigated as far as we could the opinions of philosophers, have never at any time met with these sects. He makes mention also of the Marcionites, whose leader was Marcion.
Εἶτα σωρὸν καταχέων ἡμῶν ὀνομάτων φησὶν εἰδέναι τινὰς καὶ Σιμωνιανοὺς, οἳ τὴν Ἑλένην ἤτοι διδάσκαλον Ἕλενον σέβοντες Ἑλενιανοὶ λέγονται. ἀλλὰ λανθάνει τὸν Κέλσον ὅτι οὐδαμῶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὁμολογοῦσιν υἱὸν θεοῦ Σιμωνιανοὶ, ἀλλὰ δύναμιν θεοῦ λέγουσι τὸν Σίμωνα, τερατευόμενοι περὶ αὐτοῦ τινα, οἰηθέντος ὅτι, ἐὰν τὰ παραπλήσια προσποιήσηται οἷς ἔδοξε προσπεποιῆσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, δυνήσεται καὶ αὐτὸς παρ᾿ ἀνθρώποις τοσοῦτον ὅσον Ἰησοῦς τοῖς πολλοῖς. ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε Κέλσος οὔτε Σίμων ἐδυνήθησαν νοῆσαι, πῶς Ἰησοῦς ὡς καλὸς „γεωργὸς“ λόγου θεοῦ δεδύνηται τὴν πολλὴ Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν πολλὴν βάρβαρον ἐπισπεῖραι καὶ πληρῶσαι λόγων, μετατιθέντων τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ καὶ ἀναγόντων πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργόν. Κέλσος μὲν οὖν οἶδε καὶ Μαρκελλιανοὺς ἀπὸ Μαρκελλίνας καὶ Ἁρποκρατιανοὺς ἀπὸ Σαλώμης καὶ ἄλλους ἀπὸ Μαριάμμης καὶ ἄλλους ἀπὸ Μάρθας· ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν φιλομάθειαν οὐ μόνα τὰ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐξετάσαντες, ἀλλ᾿ ὅση δύναμις καὶ τὰ τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων φιλαλήθως ἐρευνήσαντες οὐδέ ποτε τούτοις ὡμιλήσαμεν. ἐμνήσθη δ᾿ ὁ Κέλσος καὶ Μαρκιωνιστῶν, προϊσταμένων Μαρκίωνα.
5.63 Chapter LXIII
In the next place, that he may have the appearance of knowing still more than he has yet mentioned, he says, agreeably to his usual custom, that “there are others who have wickedly invented some being as their teacher and demon, and who wallow about in a great darkness, more unholy and accursed than that of the companions of the Egyptian Antinous.” And he seems to me, indeed, in touching on these matters, to say with a certain degree of truth, that there are certain others who have wickedly invented another demon, and who have found him to be their lord, as they wallow about in the great darkness of their ignorance. With respect, however, to Antinous, who is compared with our Jesus, we shall not repeat what we have already said in the preceding pages. “Moreover,” he continues, “these persons utter against one another dreadful blasphemies, saying all manner of things shameful to be spoken; nor will they yield in the slightest point for the sake of harmony, hating each other with a perfect hatred.” Now, in answer to this, we have already said that in philosophy and medicine sects are to be found warring against sects. We, however, who are followers of the word of Jesus, and have exercised ourselves in thinking, and saying, and doing what is in harmony with His words, “when reviled, bless; being persecuted, we suffer it; being defamed, we entreat;” and we would not utter “all manner of things shameful to be spoken” against those who have adopted different opinions from ours, but, if possible, use every exertion to raise them to a better condition through adherence to the Creator alone, and lead them to perform every act as those who will (one day) be judged. And if those who hold different opinions will not be convinced, we observe the injunction laid down for the treatment of such: “A man that is a heretic, after the first and second admonition, reject, knowing that he that is such is subverted, and sinneth, being condemned of himself.” Moreover, we who know the maxim, “Blessed are the peacemakers,” and this also, “Blessed are the meek,” would not regard with hatred the corrupters of Christianity, nor term those who had fallen into error Circes and flattering deceivers.
Εἶθ᾿ ἵνα δοκῇ καὶ ἄλλους εἰδέναι παρ᾿ οὓς ὠνόμασε, φησὶν ἑαυτῷ συνήθως ὅτι ἄλλοι ἄλλον διδάσκαλόν τε καὶ δαίμονα, κακῶς πλαζόμενοι καὶ καλινδούμενοι κατὰ σκότον πολὺν τῶν Ἀντίνου τοῦ κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον θιασωτῶν ἀνομώτερόν τε καὶ μιαρώτερον. καὶ δοκεῖ μοι ἐπαφώμενος τῶν πραγμάτων ἀληθές τι εἰρηκέναι, ὅτι τινὲς ἄλλοι ἄλλον δαίμονα κακῶς πλαζόμενοι καὶ καλινδούμενοι εὕραντο προστάτην κατὰ πολὺν τὸν τῆς ἀγνοίας σκότον. περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίνουν, παραβαλλόμενον ἡμῶν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰπόντες οὐ παλιλλογήσομεν.
καὶ βλασφημοῦσι δὲ, φησὶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους οὗτοι πάνδεινα ῥητὰ καὶ ἄῤῥητα· καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴξαιεν οὐδὲ καθ᾿ ὁτιοῦν εἰς ὁμόνοιαν, πάντῃ ἀλλήλους ἀποστυγοῦντες. καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα δ᾿ ἡμῖν εἴρηται ὅτι καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν αἱρέσεις αἱρέσεσι πολεμούσας καὶ ἐν ἰατρικῇ. οἱ μέντοι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀκολουθοῦντες καὶ μεμελετηκότες αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν „λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα, δυσφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν·“ καὶ οὐκ ἂν ῥητὰ καὶ ἄῤῥητα λέγοιμεν τοὺς ἄλλα δοξάζοντας παρ᾿ ἃ ὑπειλήφαμεν· ἀλλ᾿, εἰ μὲν δυνάμεθα, πάντα ἂν πράττοιμεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ αὐτοὺς μεταστῆσαι ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον διὰ τοῦ προσανέχειν μόνῳ τῷ δημιουργῷ καὶ πάντα πράττειν ὡς κριθησομένους. εἰ δὲ μὴ πείθοιντο οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι, τηροῦμεν τὸν προστάξαντα αὐτοῖς λόγον τοιαῦτα· „αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ, εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐξέστραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ ἁμαρτάνει ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος.“ ἔτι δὲ (οἱ) τὸ „μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοὶ“ νοήσαντες καὶ τὸ „μακάριοι οἱ πρᾳεῖς“ οὐκ ἂν ἀποστυγήσαιεν τοὺς παραχαράττοντας τὰ χριστιανισμοῦ οὐδὲ Κίρκας καὶ κύκηθρα αἱμύλα λέγοιεν τοὺς πεπλανημένους.
5.64 Chapter LXIV PG 11, 1285
Celsus appears to me to have misunderstood the statement of the apostle, which declares that “in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils; speaking lies in hypocrisy, having their conscience seared with a hot iron; forbidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats, which God hath created to be received with thanksgiving of them who believe;” and to have misunderstood also those who employed these declarations of the apostle against such as had corrupted the doctrines of Christianity. And it is owing to this cause that Celsus has said that “certain among the Christians are called ‘cauterized in the ears;’” and also that some are termed “enigmas,”—a term which we have never met. The expression “stumbling-block” is, indeed, of frequent occurrence in these writings,—an appellation which we are accustomed to apply to those who turn away simple persons, and those who are easily deceived, from sound doctrine. But neither we, nor, I imagine, any other, whether Christian or heretic, know of any who are styled Sirens, who betray and deceive, and stop their ears, and change into swine those whom they delude. And yet this man, who affects to know everything, uses such language as the following: “You may hear,” he says, “all those who differ so widely, and who assail each other in their disputes with the most shameless language, uttering the words, ‘The world is crucified to me, and I unto the world.’” And this is the only phrase which, it appears, Celsus could remember out of Paul’s writings; and yet why should we not also employ innumerable other quotations from the Scriptures, such as, “For though we do walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh; (for the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds,) casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God?”
Παρακηκοέναι δέ μοι φαίνεται τῆς τε ἀποστολικῆς λέξεως φασκούσης· „ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων, ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν οἰκείαν συνείδησιν, κωλυόντων γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μετάληψιν μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς,“ παρακηκοέναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ταύταις τοῦ ἀποστόλου ταῖς λέξεσι χρησαμένων κατὰ τῶν παραχαραξάντων τὰ χριστιανισμοῦ· διόπερ εἶπεν ὁ Κέλσος ἀκοῆς καυστήριά τινας ὀνομάζεσθαι παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς. αὐτὸς δέ φησι τινὰς καλεῖσθαι αἰνίγματα, ὅπερ ἡμεῖς οὐχ ἱστορήσαμεν. ἀληθῶς δὲ τὸ τοῦ σκανδάλου ὄνομα πολὺ ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι τούτοις ἐστὶν, ὅπερ εἰώθαμεν λέγειν περὶ τῶν διαστρεφόντων ἀπὸ τῆς ὑγιοῦς διδασκαλίας τοὺς ἁπλουστέρους καὶ εὐεξαπατήτους. Σειρῆνας δέ τινας ἐξορχουμένας καὶ σοφιστρίας, κατασφραγιζομένας τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἀποσυοκεφαλούσας τοὺς πειθομένους. ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἴσμεν ὀνομαζομένους, οἶμαι δ᾿ ὅτι οὐδ᾿ ἄλλος τις τῶν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ οὐδ᾿ ἐν ταῖς αἱρέσεσιν.
ἀλλ᾿ οὗτος ὁ πάντ᾿ εἰδέναι ἐπαγγελλόμενος καὶ τοιαῦτά φησι· πάντων δὲ, φησὶν, ἀκούσει τῶν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον διεστηκότων καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ταῖς ἔρισιν αἴσχιστα διελεγχόντων λεγόντων τό· „ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ.“ τοῦτο γὰρ μόνον ἀπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ἔοικεν ἐμνημονευκέναι ὁ Κέλσος· διὰ τί γὰρ οὔ φαμεν καὶ ἄλλα μυρία τῶν γεγραμμένων ὡς τό· „ἐν σαρκὶ γὰρ ζῶντες οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα, τὰ γὰρ ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικὰ ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων, λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ“;
5.65 Chapter LXV
But since he asserts that “you may hear all those who differ so widely saying, ‘The world is crucified to me, and I unto the world,’” we shall show the falsity of such a statement. For there are certain heretical sects which do not receive the Epistles of the Apostle Paul, as the two sects of Ebionites, and those who are termed Encratites. Those, then, who do not regard the apostle as a holy and wise man, will not adopt his language, and say, “The world is crucified to me, and I unto the world.” And consequently in this point, too, Celsus is guilty of falsehood. He continues, moreover, to linger over the accusations which he brings against the diversity of sects which exist, but does not appear to me to be accurate in the language which he employs, nor to have carefully observed or understood how it is that those Christians who have made progress in their studies say that they are possessed of greater knowledge than the Jews; and also, whether they acknowledge the same Scriptures, but interpret them differently, or whether they do not recognise these books as divine. For we find both of these views prevailing among the sects. He then continues: “Although they have no foundation for the doctrine, let us examine the system itself; and, in the first place, let us mention the corruptions which they have made through ignorance and misunderstanding, when in the discussion of elementary principles they express their opinions in the most absurd manner on things which they do not understand, such as the following.” And then, to certain expressions which are continually in the mouths of the believers in Christianity, he opposes certain others from the writings of the philosophers, with the object of making it appear that the noble sentiments which Celsus supposes to be used by Christians have been expressed in better and clearer language by the philosophers, in order that he might drag away to the study of philosophy those who are caught by opinions which at once evidence their noble and religious character. We shall, however, here terminate the fifth book, and begin the sixth with what follows.
Ἐπεὶ δέ φησιν ὅτι πάντων ἀκούσει τῶν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον διεστηκότων λεγόντων τό· „ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ,“ καὶ τοῦτο ψεῦδος διελέγξομεν. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες αἱρέσεις τὰς Παύλου ἐπιστολὰς τοῦ ἀποστόλου μὴ προσιέμεναι, ὥσπερ Ἐβιωναῖοι ἀμφότεροι καὶ οἱ καλούμενοι Ἐγκρατηταί. οὐκ ἂν οὖν οἱ μὴ χρώμενοι τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ὡς μακαρίῳ τινὶ καὶ σοφῷ λέγοιεν τό· „ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ“· διὸ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ὁ Κέλσος ψεύδεται. καὶ ἐπιδιατρίβει γε κατηγορῶν τῆς ἐν ταῖς αἱρέσεσι διαφορᾶς· οὐ πάνυ δέ μοι δοκεῖ διαρθροῦν ἃ λέγει οὐδ᾿ ἐπιμελῶς αὐτὰ τεθεωρηκέναι οὐδὲ κατανενοηκέναι, πῶς πλεῖον Ἰουδαίων ἐπίστασθαι λέγουσιν ἑαυτοὺς οἱ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις διαβεβηκότες Χριστιανοὶ, καὶ πότερον τοῖς μὲν βιβλίοις συγκατατιθέμενοι τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἀντεξηγούμενοι, ἢ οὐδὲ συγκατατιθέμενοι τοῖς ἐκείνων γράμμασιν· ἑκάτερα γὰρ εὕροιμεν ἂν ἐν ταῖς αἱρέσεσι.
μετὰ ταῦτά φησι· φέρ᾿ οὖν, εἰ καὶ μηδεμίαν ἀρχὴν τοῦ δόγματος ἔχουσιν, αὐτὸν ἐξετάσωμεν τὸν λόγον· πρότερον δὲ ὅσα παρακηκοότες ὑπ᾿ ἀγνοίας διαφθείρουσιν, οὐκ ἐμμελῶς ἐν ἀρχαῖς εὐθὺς ἀπαυθαδιαζόμενοι περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσασι, λεκτέον· ἔστι δὲ τάδε. καὶ εὐθέως λέξεσί τισι, τοῖς πιστεύουσι τῷ Χριστιανῶν λόγῳ συνεχῶς ὀνομαζομέναις, ἀντιπαρατίθησιν ἀπὸ τῶν φιλοσόφων, βουλόμενος τὰ καλὰ τῶν νομιζομένων Κέλσῳ παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς λέγεσθαι καὶ βέλτιον καὶ τρανότερον εἰρῆσθαι παρὰ τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσιν, ἵνα περισπάσῃ ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίαν τοὺς ἁλισκομένους ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτόθεν ἐμφαινόντων δογμάτων τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ εὐσεβές. καὶ τὸν πέμπτον δὴ τόμον αὐτόθι καταπαύσαντες ἀρξώμεθα τοῦ ἕκτου ἀπὸ τῶν ἑξῆς.